aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorYuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>2019-01-06 13:20:52 +0200
committerYuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>2019-01-06 13:20:52 +0200
commitb0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e (patch)
tree5dbb44f9db1244402a19571d0aba4493bdaf2dbe /docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
parent8177f94c67a3b13faddc133196eb73ca508007bd (diff)
downloadtools-b0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e.tar
tools-b0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e.tar.gz
tools-b0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e.tar.bz2
tools-b0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e.tar.xz
tools-b0c183345f213b69ecb54c96d1c386aac1a5947e.zip
Update Installer translations
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po')
-rw-r--r--docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po5553
1 files changed, 3390 insertions, 2163 deletions
diff --git a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
index 5bfa2c99..73204909 100644
--- a/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
+++ b/docs/docs/stable/installer/nb.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-04-19 16:32+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-01-06 12:43+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-08-09 18:21+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Karl Morten Ramberg <karl.m.ramberg@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:31
msgid "License and Release Notes"
msgstr "Lisens og utgivelsesmerknader"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:35
msgid ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
"\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision="
@@ -40,78 +40,86 @@ msgstr ""
"\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Lisensavtale"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
-"terms and conditions carefully."
+"Before installing Mageia, please read the license terms and conditions "
+"carefully."
msgstr ""
"Før installasjonen av <application>Mageia</application> les grundig igjennom "
"lisensvillkårene. "
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
-"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire Mageia distribution and must "
+"be accepted before you can continue."
msgstr ""
"Disse villkårene gjelder for hele <application>Mageia</application> "
"distribusjonenog må aksepteres før du fortsetter."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To proceed, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"To proceed, simply select <emphasis>Accept</emphasis> and then click on "
+"<emphasis>Next</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"For å fortsette velg <guilabel> Godta </guilabel> og klikk på "
"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
-"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for your "
+"interest in Mageia. Clicking <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> will reboot your "
+"computer."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du velger å ikke akseptere villkårene, takker vi deg for å ha tatt en "
"kikk. Klikker du på <guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton> vil Pc'en din startes om."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:76
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Utgivelsesmerknader"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:83
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Important information about this release of <application>Mageia</"
-"application> can be viewed by clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
-"guibutton> button."
+"Important information about this particular Mageia release can be viewed by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis>Release Notes</emphasis> button."
msgstr ""
"Viktig informasjon om denne utgivelsen av <application>Mageia</application> "
"kan leses ved å klikke på knappen <guibutton>Utgivelsesnotater </"
"guibutton> ."
#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:1 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:1 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:1 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:2
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:3 en/DrakX.xml:3 en/media_selection.xml:2
msgid "en"
msgstr "nb"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:3
-msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Supplemental Installation Media"
msgstr "Mediumvalg (sett opp supplerende installasjonsmedia)"
#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created
#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection
#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typgraphy.
+#. 2018/02/16 apb: Update dx2-add_supplemental_media.png to Mga6
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:14
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media."
"png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision="
@@ -122,12 +130,13 @@ msgstr ""
"\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:19
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:23
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This screen shows you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. "
+"This screen shows you the list of already recognised repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical-disc or a remote source. "
"The source selection determines which packages will be available during the "
-"next steps."
+"subsequent steps."
msgstr ""
"Dette skjermbildet viser listen over alle kjente programvarebrønner. Du kan "
"legge til andre kilder for pakker, som en optisk plate eller en ekstern "
@@ -135,24 +144,25 @@ msgstr ""
"neste trinnene."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:28
msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
msgstr "For en nettverkskilde følger det to steg:"
#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:28
-msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:32
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choosing and activating the network, if not already up."
msgstr "Valg av og aktivering av nettverket hvis det ikke allerede er oppe."
#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:32
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:36
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
-"Mageia, like the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis>, the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> repositories and the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository "
-"or your own NFS installation."
+"Mageia, like the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Tainted</"
+"emphasis> repositories and the <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, "
+"you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation."
msgstr ""
"Velg et speil eller angi en URL (ved aller første oppføring). Ved å velge et "
"speil har du tilgang til utvalget av alle pakkebrønner som administreres av "
@@ -162,14 +172,15 @@ msgstr ""
"pakkebrønn eller din egen NFS-installasjon."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:42
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"If you are updating a 64-bit installation which may contain some 32-bit "
"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
-"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only contains "
-"64-bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32-bit "
-"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, the installer will find "
-"the needed 32-bit packages there."
+"selecting one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only "
+"contains 64-bit and <emphasis>noarch</emphasis> packages, it will not be "
+"able to update the 32-bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror, "
+"the installer will find the needed 32-bit packages there."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du oppdaterer en 64-biters installasjon som inneholder noen 32-biters "
"pakker, anbefales det å bruke dette skjermbildet for å legge til et online-"
@@ -179,18 +190,25 @@ msgstr ""
"nødvendige 32-biters pakkene der."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/addUser.xml:3
-msgid "User and Superuser Management"
-msgstr "Administrasjon av Brukere og superbrukere"
+#: en/addUser.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Management"
+msgstr "Avansert brukeradministrasjon"
#. Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask)
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and Typography.
+#. 2018/02/19 apb: Update dx2-setRootPassword.png to Mga6.
+#. 2018/02/21 apb: Changed title from 'User and Superuser Management' to 'User Management'. Docteam approved (plus, the SC title is User Management).
+#. Also changed 'Advanced User Management' to 'User Management (advanced)'.
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/addUser.xml:9
+#: en/addUser.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
-"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="
-"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="
+"\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
"\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
@@ -198,20 +216,21 @@ msgstr ""
"\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/addUser.xml:20
+#: en/addUser.xml:36
msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:"
msgstr "Angi Adminstrasjons (root) Passord:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:24
+#: en/addUser.xml:40
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
-"set a <emphasis role=\"bold\">superuser</emphasis> (administrator) password, "
-"usually called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type "
-"a password into the top box a shield will change from red to yellow to green "
-"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
-"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
-"underneath, to check that the first entry was not mistyped."
+"It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a <literal>superuser</"
+"literal> (Administrator) password, usually called the <emphasis>root </"
+"emphasis>password in Linux. As you type a password into the top box a shield "
+"will change from red-to-yellow-to-green depending on the strength of the "
+"password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to "
+"repeat the same password in the box underneath, to check that the first "
+"entry was not mistyped."
msgstr ""
"Det er tilrådelig for alle <application> Mageia </application> "
"installasjoner å angi et <emphasis role=\"bold\"> superbruker </emphasis> "
@@ -222,26 +241,28 @@ msgstr ""
"under, for å kontrollere at den første oppføringen ikke ble stavet feil."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:34
+#: en/addUser.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"All passwords are case sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"All passwords are case-sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters "
"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
msgstr ""
"Alle passord skiller på store og små bokstaver. Du bør bruke en blanding av "
"bokstaver (store og små bokstaver), tall og andre tegn i et passord."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/addUser.xml:42
+#: en/addUser.xml:57
msgid "Enter a user"
msgstr "Angi en bruker"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:45
+#: en/addUser.xml:60
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Add a user here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">superuser</emphasis> (root), but enough to use the internet, office "
-"applications or play games and anything else the average user might use "
-"their computer for."
+"Add a User here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the "
+"<literal>superuser</literal> (root), but enough to use the Internet, office "
+"applications or play games and anything else the average user might use a "
+"computer for."
msgstr ""
"Legg til en bruker her. En vanlig bruker har færre privilegier enn <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"> superbrukeren </emphasis> (root), men nok til å bruke "
@@ -249,65 +270,90 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren bruker datamaskinen til."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
-"user's icon."
+#: en/addUser.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on this button if you want to change the user's icon"
msgstr ""
"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: Hvis du klikker på denne knappen vil "
"brukerikonet endres."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the user's real name into this text "
-"box."
+#: en/addUser.xml:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Real Name</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Insert the user's real name into this text box"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Virkelig navn</guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerens virkelige navn i "
"tekstboksen."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:62
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Name</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:82
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Enter the user login name or let DrakX use "
-"a version of the user's real name. <emphasis role=\"bold\">The login name is "
-"case sensitive.</emphasis>"
+"Enter the user login name or let DrakX use a version of the user's real "
+"name. <emphasis role=\"bold\">The login name is case-sensitive.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Brukernavn </guilabel>: Skriv inn brukernavnet eller la DrakX "
"bruke en versjon av brukerens virkelige navn. <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Tenk "
"på at innloggingsnavnet er skiller på store og små bokstaver. </emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:88 en/setupBootloader.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:67
+#: en/addUser.xml:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: Type in the user password. There is a shield "
-"at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See "
-"also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+"Type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that "
+"indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Passord </guilabel>: Skriv inn ønsket passord for brukeren. Det "
"er et skjold på slutten av tekstboksen som angir styrken til passordet. (Se "
"også <xref linkend =\"givePassword\" />)"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:73
+#: en/addUser.xml:94
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password DrakX will "
-"check that you have not mistyped the password."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again):</emphasis> Retype the user "
+"password. DrakX will check that you have not mistyped the password."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Passord (igjen) </guilabel>: Skriv inn brukerpassordet DrakX vil "
"kontrollere at du ikke har skrevet passordet feil."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:79
+#: en/addUser.xml:101
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Any users you added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that "
-"is both read and write protected (umask=0027)."
+"Any users added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that is "
+"both read and write protected (umask=0027)"
msgstr ""
"Alle brukere du har lagt til mens du installerer Mageia, vil ha en "
"hjemmekatalog som er både lese og skrivebeskyttet (umask =0027)."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:82
+#: en/addUser.xml:104
msgid ""
"You can add any extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</"
"emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</"
@@ -318,31 +364,33 @@ msgstr ""
"Brukeradministrasjon </emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:86
+#: en/addUser.xml:108
msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
msgstr "Tilgangstillatelsene kan også endres etter installasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/addUser.xml:93
-msgid "Advanced User Management"
+#: en/addUser.xml:115
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "User Management (advanced)"
msgstr "Avansert brukeradministrasjon"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:96
+#: en/addUser.xml:118
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> option allows you to edit further "
-"settings for the user you are adding."
+"The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option allows you to edit further settings "
+"for the user you are adding."
msgstr ""
"Alternativet <guibutton> Avansert </guibutton> lar deg redigere ytterligere "
"innstillinger for brukeren du legger til."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:101
+#: en/addUser.xml:123
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop-down list allows you to change the "
+"<emphasis>Shell</emphasis>: This drop-down list allows you to change the "
"shell available to any user you added in the previous screen. Options are "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bash</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">Dash</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sh</emphasis>"
+"<literal>Bash</literal>, <literal>Dash</literal> and <literal>Sh</literal>"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Shell </guilabel>: Denne rullegardinlisten lar deg endre skallet "
"som skal være tilgjengelig for alle brukere du la til i forrige skjermbilde. "
@@ -350,11 +398,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"fet\"> Dash </emphasis> og <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Sh </emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:107
+#: en/addUser.xml:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">user ID</emphasis> for any user you added in the previous screen. If you "
-"are unsure what the purpose of this is, then leave it blank."
+"<emphasis>User ID</emphasis>: Here you can set the user ID for any user you "
+"added in the previous screen. If you are unsure what the purpose of this is, "
+"then leave it blank."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Bruker ID </guilabel>: Her kan du sette <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
"bruker-ID </emphasis> for alle brukere du har lagt til i forrige "
@@ -362,16 +411,17 @@ msgstr ""
"tomt."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/addUser.xml:113
+#: en/addUser.xml:136
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">group ID</emphasis>. Again, if unsure, leave it blank."
+"<emphasis>Group ID</emphasis>: This lets you set the group ID. Again, if "
+"unsure, leave it blank."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel> Gruppe-ID </guilabel>: Dette lar deg sette <emphasis role=\"bold"
"\"> gruppe-ID </emphasis>. Igjen, hvis du er usikker, la den være tom."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:3
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:10
msgid "Choose the mount points"
msgstr "Velg monteringspunktene"
@@ -386,15 +436,17 @@ msgstr "Velg monteringspunktene"
#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2019/01/04 apb: Typo & minor reword on custom mount-points.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
-"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints."
-"png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
-"<imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" align="
-"\"center\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints."
@@ -404,57 +456,37 @@ msgstr ""
"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:36
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
-"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
-"can change the mount points."
+"you don't agree with the DrakX suggestions, you can change the mount points "
+"yourself."
msgstr ""
"Her ser du Linux partisjonene som har blitt funnet på din PC. Hvis du ikke "
"vil bruke de foreslåtte av <application>DrakX</application> , kan du endre "
"monterings punktene"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"><literal>/</literal></emphasis> (root) partition."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du endrer noe, må du sørge for at du fortsatt har en <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> <literal> / </literal> </emphasis> (root) partisjon."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:46
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown to the left as: <emphasis role=\"bold\">Device "
-"(capacity, mount point, type).</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Hver partisjon vises til venstre som: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enhet "
-"(kapasitet, monteringspunkt, type). </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Device</emphasis>, is made up of: <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">hard drive</emphasis>, [<emphasis role=\"bold\">hard drive name</"
-"emphasis> (letter)], <emphasis role=\"bold\">partition number</emphasis> "
-"(for example, <emphasis role=\"bold\">sda5</emphasis>)."
+"To the left of the drop-down menus is a list of available partitions. For "
+"example: <filename>sda</filename> is a hard drive - and <filename>5</"
+"filename> is a <emphasis>partition number</emphasis>, followed by "
+"the<emphasis> (capacity, mount point, filesystem type)</emphasis> of the "
+"partition."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enhet </emphasis>, består av: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> harddisk </emphasis>, [<emphasis role=\"bold\"> harddisknavn </"
-"emphasis> (brev)], <emphasis role=\"bold\"> partisjon nummer </emphasis> "
-"(for eksempel <emphasis role=\"bold\"> sda5 </emphasis>)."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:56
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you have several partitions, you can choose various different mount "
-"points from the drop down menu, such as <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</"
-"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\"><literal>/home</literal></emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">/var</emphasis>. You can even make your own mount "
-"points, for instance <emphasis role=\"bold\"><literal>/video</literal></"
-"emphasis> for a partition where you want to store your films, or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/Data</emphasis> (or some other name) for your data."
+"If you have several partitions, you can choose various different "
+"<emphasis>mount points</emphasis> from the drop down menu, such as "
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> and <filename>/var</"
+"filename>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <filename>/"
+"video</filename> for a partition where you want to store your films, or "
+"perhaps <filename>/Data</filename> for all your data files."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du har flere partisjoner, kan du velge forskjellige forskjellige "
"monteringspunkter fra rullegardinmenyen, som <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / </"
@@ -466,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:63
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:73
msgid ""
"For any partitions that you don't need to make use of, you can leave the "
"mount point field blank."
@@ -475,11 +507,22 @@ msgstr ""
"monteringspunkt være tomt."
#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you make any changes here, ensure you still have a <filename>/</filename> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du endrer noe, må du sørge for at du fortsatt har en <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> <literal> / </literal> </emphasis> (root) partisjon."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:84
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis role=\"bold\">Previous</"
-"emphasis> to go back and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</"
-"guilabel>, where, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+"If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> to "
+"go back and then tick <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, where "
+"you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke er sikker på hva du skal velge, klikker du på <emphasis role="
"\"bold\"> Forrige </emphasis> for å gå tilbake og marker <guilabel> "
@@ -487,188 +530,244 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjon for å se dens type og størrelse."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:74
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:90
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
-"DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <emphasis>Next</"
+"emphasis>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition "
+"suggested by DrakX, or more."
msgstr ""
"Når du er sikker på at monteringspunktene er korrekte klikk "
"<guibutton>Neste</guibutton>, og velg om du bare vil formatere den/de "
"partisjonen(e) DrakX foreslår eller flere."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/bestTime.xml:10
-msgid "Clock settings"
+#: en/bestTime.xml:5
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Clock Settings"
msgstr "Klokkeparametre"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+#: en/bestTime.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+#: en/bestTime.xml:12
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
-"either local time or UTC time."
+"Here, you can select whether your computer internal clock is set to local "
+"time or UTC time."
msgstr ""
"På dette trinnet må du velge hvilken tid din interne klokke er satt, enten "
"lokal tid eller UTC-tid."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/bestTime.xml:23
-msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In the <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> tab, you can enable automatic time "
+"synchronization and specify an NTP server."
msgstr ""
-"I det avanserte fanebladet finner du flere alternativer for "
-"klokkeinnstillinger."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+#: en/bootLive.xml:6
msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
msgstr "Start Mageia som et Live system"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:1
+#: en/bootLive.xml:10
msgid "Booting the medium"
msgstr "Start mediet"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:1
-msgid "From a disc"
-msgstr "Fra en disk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:1
-msgid ""
-"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
-"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
-"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
-"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
-"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
-"computer will boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte opp direkte fra mediet du brukte til å brenne bildet ditt (CD-"
-"ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Du trenger vanligvis bare å sette den inn i CD / DVD-"
-"stasjonen for at bootloaderen starter installasjonen automatisk etter at du "
-"har startet datamaskinen på nytt. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje "
-"konfigurere BIOS-en eller trykke på en tast som vil gi deg mulighet til å "
-"velge den perifere som datamaskinen vil starte opp fra."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from a Live DVD or USB. Usually, you just need to plug "
+"the USB device in or place the DVD in the drive and restart the computer."
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:6
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:15
msgid ""
-"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
-"either one or another of the two screens below."
+"If the computer does not automatically boot from the USB or DVD you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS Boot Disk priority. Alternatively, you might try "
+"accessing the boot device menu to select a device from which the computer "
+"will boot."
msgstr ""
-"Avhengig av hvilken maskinvare du har, og hvordan den er konfigurert, får du "
-"opp en av de to skjermene nedenfor."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:7
-msgid "From a USB device"
-msgstr "Fra en USB disk"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"To access the BIOS or boot menu when the computer is starting, you can try "
+"pressing either <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</"
+"keycap> for the BIOS, or <keycap>Esc</keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, "
+"<keycap>F10</keycap> or <keycap>F11</keycap> for the boot device menu. These "
+"(fairly common) keys are just a selection of possible options though."
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:7
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:28
msgid ""
-"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
-"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
-"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
-"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
-"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+"The actual screen that you will first see when booting from the Live media "
+"will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of the Legacy (BIOS) or "
+"UEFI type."
msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte opp fra USB-enheten som du dumpet ISO bildet på. I henhold til "
-"BIOS-innstillingene, kan datamaskinen oppstart skje direkte fra USB-enheten. "
-"Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje konfigurere BIOS eller trykke på en tast "
-"som vil gi deg mulighet til å velge oppstartsmedium."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+#: en/bootLive.xml:35
msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
msgstr "I BIOS/CSM/historisk modus"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:38
+msgid "Main Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:40 en/bootLive.xml:152
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Mageia</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB "
+"media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurasjonsparametrerne du har satt her, er lagret for bruk i "
+"installasjonen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:45 en/bootLive.xml:57
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to boot)</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Vennligst velg ønsket sikkerhetsnivå </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:47
+msgid "Boot the Mageia Live system using non-free video drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:53 en/bootLive.xml:156 en/installer.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Mageia</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:54 en/bootLive.xml:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This option will install Mageia to a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer Mageia: Dette valget installerer Mage umiddelbart på harddisken."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:59
+msgid "Install Mageia using non-free video drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:12
-msgid "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+#: en/bootLive.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:12
+#: en/bootLive.xml:69
msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter i BIOS modus"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:12
-msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
-msgstr "I midtmenyen har du tre valgmuligheter:"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:73
+msgid "Function Keys"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
-"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
-"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
-"disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Boot Mageia: Det betyr at Mageia starter fra det tilkoblede media (CD / DVD "
-"eller USB-pinne) uten å skrive noe på disken, så forvent et veldig tregt "
-"system. Når oppstarten er ferdig, kan du fortsette til installasjonen på en "
-"harddisk."
+#: en/bootLive.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F1</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Help</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+#: en/bootLive.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+"Within any of the <keycap>F2</keycap> to <keycap>F6</keycap> options, you "
+"can view relevant help by pressing <keycap>F1</keycap>."
msgstr ""
-"Installer Mageia: Dette valget installerer Mage umiddelbart på harddisken."
+"I noen av alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </emphasis> til "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> kan du vise relevant hjelp ved å "
+"trykke på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:17
+#: en/bootLive.xml:81
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F2</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Language</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:82
msgid ""
-"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
-"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
-"5)."
+"Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language "
+"during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then "
+"press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""
-"Boot fra harddisk: Dette valget lar deg starte opp fra harddisken, som "
-"vanlig, når det ikke er koblet til noe medie (CD / DVD eller USB-pinne). "
-"(Virker ikke med Mageia 5)."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:19
-msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
-msgstr "I menyen nederst finns Oppstartsalternativene:"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F3</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Video Mode</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:19
+#: en/bootLive.xml:89
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+"If needed, change the screen resolution by pressing <keycap>F3</keycap>. "
+"Options are: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768."
msgstr ""
-"F1 - Hjelp. Forklarer alternativene \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" og \"Ide\""
+"Hvis nødvendig, endrer du skjermoppløsningen ved å trykke <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> F3 </emphasis> (Kun Legacy modus)."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:20
-msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
-msgstr "F2 - Språk. Velg visningsspråket på skjermbildene."
+#: en/bootLive.xml:93
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F4</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Source</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:21
-msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
-msgstr "F3 - Skjermoppløsning. Velg mellom tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+#: en/bootLive.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Normally, the installation is performed from the inserted installation "
+"medium. Here, you may select other sources, like FTP or NFS servers."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:22
+#: en/bootLive.xml:95
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
-"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
-"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
-"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
-"this option."
+"If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP server, then "
+"select one of the installation sources available on the server with this "
+"option."
msgstr ""
"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-ROM eller annet. Vanligvis utføres installasjonen fra det "
"installerte installasjonsmediet. Her kan du velge andre kilder, som FTP- "
@@ -677,119 +776,178 @@ msgstr ""
"serveren med dette alternativet."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:26
+#: en/bootLive.xml:98
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F5</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Driver</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:99
msgid ""
-"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
-"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
-"installation process."
+"If you have a driver update that you wish to use, select this option and "
+"then answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>. You will be prompted to insert the "
+"update disc at the appropriate time."
msgstr ""
-"F5 - Driver. Ja eller Nei. Systemet er kjenner igjen en CD/DVD disk med en "
-"driveroppdatering, og vil be om at den blir tilgjengelig under "
-"installasjonsprosessen."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:28
+#: en/bootLive.xml:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<keycap>F6</keycap> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kernel Options</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
-"hardware and the drivers to use."
+"If you experience problems with the installation, you could try modifying "
+"the default settings using the <emphasis>Kernel Option</emphasis> menu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du opplever problemer med installasjonen, kan du prøve å endre "
+"standardinnstillingene ved hjelp av <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Kernel Options </emphasis> (for UEFI-systemer "
+"trykker <emphasis role=\"bold\"> e </emphasis> i stedet)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:111
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default:</emphasis> splash quiet noiswmd resume "
+"audit=0"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Juster til</emphasis> = MiB"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Safe Settings:</emphasis> <literal>apm=off acpi=off "
+"mce=off barrier=off ide=nodma idewait=50 i8042.nomux psmouse.proto=bare "
+"irqpoll pci=nommconf</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">No ACPI:</emphasis> (Advanced Configuration and "
+"Power Interface): Power management features are not used."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strømstyring blir "
+"ikke tatt i bruk."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:125
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">No Local APIC:</emphasis> (Local Advanced "
+"Programmable Interrupt Controller): CPU interrupt. Select this option if you "
+"experience system misbehaviour like a kernel panic in relation to APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen lokal APIC: (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller): CPU "
+"avbrudd. Velg dette alternativet hvis du opplever systemmishandling som "
+"kjernepanikk i forhold til APIC."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"If you open any of the above <keycap>F6</keycap> menu items, and then click "
+"on <keycap>F1</keycap>, an info window will open to show more details for "
+"that particular item:"
msgstr ""
-"F6 - Kjerne alternativer. Dette er en måte å spesifisere alternativer i "
-"henhold til din maskinvare og hvilke drivere som skal brukes."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+#: en/bootLive.xml:139
msgid "In UEFI mode"
msgstr "I UEFI modus"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+#: en/bootLive.xml:142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-bootUEFI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../live-bootUEFI.png\" "
"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:29
-msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
-msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter fra UEFI på disken"
+#: en/bootLive.xml:146
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "First screen while booting in UEFI mode"
+msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter i BIOS modus"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to "
-"process the installation (second choice)."
+#: en/bootLive.xml:149
+msgid "In UEFI mode, you have just the two menu options to choose from:"
msgstr ""
-"Du har bare vlgene mellom å kjøre Mageia i Live modus (første valget) eller "
-"å fortsette installasjonen (andre valget)."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:30
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:153
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
-"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
-"them."
+"This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected Dvd/USB "
+"media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS). Once the boot "
+"is done, you can proceed to the installation"
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du starter opp fra en USB-pinne, får du to tilleggslinjer som er en "
-"duplikat av de forrige linjene med med \"USB\" på slutten. Du må velge dem."
+"Boot Mageia: Det betyr at Mageia starter fra det tilkoblede media (CD / DVD "
+"eller USB-pinne) uten å skrive noe på disken, så forvent et veldig tregt "
+"system. Når oppstarten er ferdig, kan du fortsette til installasjonen på en "
+"harddisk."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:161
msgid ""
-"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
-"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
-"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above menu options "
+"duplicated, and in this case, you should choose from the menu pair that will "
+"be suffixed with \"USB\"."
msgstr ""
-"I hvert tilfelle vil de første trinnene være de samme for å velge språk, "
-"tidssone og tastatur. Prosessene er forskjellige, med <link linkend=\"testing"
-"\">ytterligere trinn i Live-modus</link>."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:3
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "Skrivebordsvalg"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine-"
-"tune your choice."
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:23
+msgid "Some choices made here will open other screens with related options."
msgstr ""
-"Avhengig av valg ditt, kan du bli tilbudt ytterligere skjermerbilder for å "
-"finjustere valget ditt."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide-show during package "
-"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
-"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slideshow during the "
+"installation of required packages. The slideshow can be disabled by pressing "
+"the <emphasis>Details</emphasis> button."
msgstr ""
"Etter utvelgelsestrinne(ne) vil du se et lysbildefremvisning under "
"pakkeinstallasjonen. Lysbildefremvisningen kan deaktiveres ved å trykke på "
"<guilabel> Detaljer </guilabel> -knappen."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:21
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:38
msgid ""
-"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Plasma</emphasis> or <application>GNOME</"
-"application> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful "
-"applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you wish to use "
-"neither (or even use both), or if you want to modify the default software "
-"choices for these desktop environments. The <application>LXDE</application> "
-"desktop, for instance, is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye "
-"candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop "
+"environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you do not wish to use either (or, "
+"actually use both) of these, or if you want to modify the default software "
+"choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop, for instance, is "
+"lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and having fewer "
+"packages installed by default."
msgstr ""
"Velg om du foretrekker å bruke <application>KDE</application> <emphasis role="
"\"bold\"> Plasma </emphasis> eller <application> GNOME </application> "
@@ -807,8 +965,9 @@ msgid "Package Group Selection"
msgstr "Valg pakkegruppe"
#. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:9
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:11
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png"
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -817,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:14
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
msgid ""
"Packages are arranged into common groups, to make choosing what you need on "
"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
@@ -830,22 +989,22 @@ msgstr ""
"musen svever over dem."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:21
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Workstation</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:25
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Server</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:29
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical Environment</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafisk Miljø</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:33
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Individual Package Selection</emphasis>: you can use "
"this option to manually add or remove packages"
@@ -854,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette alternativet til å manuelt legge til eller fjerne pakker"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:38
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:40
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a "
"minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
@@ -868,8 +1027,10 @@ msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
msgstr "Individuelt pakkevalg"
#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:9
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:13
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png"
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -878,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:14
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:18
msgid ""
"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customize your installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -886,13 +1047,14 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
-"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
-"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
-"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
-"choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <emphasis>floppy</"
+"emphasis> icon at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
+"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
+"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
+"and choosing to load it."
msgstr ""
"Etter at du har gjort ditt valg, kan du klikke på <guibutton>diskettikon</"
"guibutton> nederst på siden for å lagre dine pakkevalg (lagring til en USB-"
@@ -907,8 +1069,10 @@ msgstr "Konfigurer tjenestene dine"
#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. 2018/02/16 apb: Minor text adjustment.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel for this section. b) Added some bullets to the text.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:11
+#: en/configureServices.xml:15
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
"\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
@@ -919,26 +1083,24 @@ msgstr ""
"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:16
+#: en/configureServices.xml:20
msgid ""
"Here you can choose which services should start when you boot your system."
msgstr ""
"Her kan du velge hvilke tjenester som skal starte når du starter opp "
"systemet ditt."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:19
-msgid "Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services. The "
+"settings DrakX chose are usually good."
msgstr ""
"Klikk på en trekant for å utvide en gruppe til alle relevante tjenester."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:22
-msgid "The settings DrakX chose are usually good."
-msgstr "Parametrene som DrakX velger er som regel gode. "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:25
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:31
msgid ""
"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
"box below."
@@ -946,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Når du markerer en tjeneste, vil det vises mer informasjon i boksen under."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureServices.xml:28
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
msgstr "Du bør bare endre ting når vet veldig godt hva du gjør."
@@ -957,14 +1119,17 @@ msgstr "Sett opp tidssonen din"
#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor text adjustment.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> "
-"<imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
@@ -972,17 +1137,18 @@ msgstr ""
"<imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\"/> "
"</imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Choose your time-zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
-"same time-zone."
+"Choose your timezone by choosing your country, or a city close to you in the "
+"same timezone."
msgstr ""
"Velg din tidssone gjennom å velge landet ditt eller en by nære deg i den "
"samme tidssonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:32
msgid ""
"In the next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time "
"or to GMT, also known as UTC."
@@ -991,7 +1157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller til GMT, også kjent som UTC."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:37
msgid ""
"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
@@ -1000,23 +1166,23 @@ msgstr ""
"til samme lokaltid eller UTC."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:13
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
msgstr "Velg en X-tjener (Konfigurer grafikk kortet ditt)"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:18
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" "
-"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" "
-"align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:23
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
msgid ""
"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
"correctly identify your video device."
@@ -1025,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"identifisere videoenheten riktig."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:38
msgid ""
"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
@@ -1033,30 +1199,34 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis installatsjonen ikke har registrert ditt grafikkort på riktig måte, og "
"du vet hvilket du har, kan du velge det fra treet ved å:"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:29 en/configureX_monitor.xml:57
-msgid "vendor"
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:41 en/configureX_monitor.xml:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Leverandør"
#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:33
-msgid "then the name of your card"
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "then the make of your card"
msgstr "angi så navnet på kortet ditt"
#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:37
-msgid "and the type of card"
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "and the model of card"
msgstr "og korttypen"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:41
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:53
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than "
-"40 generic and open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a "
-"specific driver for your card there is the option of using the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">vesa</emphasis> driver which provides basic capabilities."
+"<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than 40 generic and "
+"open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a specific driver "
+"for your card there is the option of using the VESA driver which provides "
+"basic capabilities."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke finner kortet ditt i leverandørlistene (fordi det ikke er i "
"databasen eller det er et eldre kort), kan du finne en passende driver i "
@@ -1065,66 +1235,63 @@ msgstr ""
"bestemt driver for kortet ditt, er det muligheten til å bruke <emphasis role="
"\"bold\"> vesa </emphasis> -driveren som gir grunnleggende funksjoner."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47
+#. type: Content of: <section><caution><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
-"to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Command-line</emphasis> Interface."
+"to the <emphasis>Command Line Interface</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Vær oppmerksom på at hvis du velger en inkompatibel driver, risikerer du å "
"bare få tilgang til grensesnittet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Kommandolinje </"
"emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:65
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
-"may only be available in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> "
-"repository and in some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites."
+"may only be available in the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository and in "
+"some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites. The "
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be explicitly enabled to "
+"access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you should do this after "
+"your first reboot."
msgstr ""
"Enkelte skjermkortprodusenter tilbyr proprietære drivere for Linux, som bare "
"er tilgjengelige i <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Nonfree </emphasis> pakkebrønner "
"og i enkelte tilfeller bare fra kortprodusentens nettsteder."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be "
-"explicitly enabled to access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you "
-"should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Pakkebrønnen <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Nonfree </emphasis> må eksplisitt "
-"aktiveres for å få tilgang til dem. Hvis du ikke aktiverte den tidligere, "
-"bør du gjøre dette etter første omstart."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:3
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
msgstr "Grafikk kort og Skjerm konfigurasjon"
#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Some text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/21 apb: a) Changed main options list style. b) Slight reword of 'wrong refresh rates' warning.
+#. 2018/02/23 apb: Typo.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:10
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:15
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:30
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
-"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
-"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
-"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym> Plasma, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</"
-"acronym> or any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if none are shown, or if you think the details are incorrect."
+"you chose for this install of Mageia, they are all based on a graphical user "
+"interface system called <literal>X Window System</literal>, or simply "
+"<quote>X</quote>. So in order for KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE or any other "
+"graphical environment to work well, the following <quote>X</quote> settings "
+"need to be correct. Choose the appropriate settings - if none are shown, or "
+"if you think the details are incorrect."
msgstr ""
"Uansett hvilket grafisk miljø (også kjent som skrivebordsmiljø) du valgte "
"for installasjonen av <application> Mageia </application>, er de alle basert "
@@ -1136,22 +1303,33 @@ msgstr ""
"vises, eller hvis du tror at detaljene er feil."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:27
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic Card</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafisk Miljø</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:44
msgid ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
-"from the list if needed."
+"If you need to, you can select a specific card from this expandable list. "
+"See <xref linkend=\"configureX_card_list\"/>."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikk kort</guibutton></emphasis>: Velg kortet ditt "
-"fra listen om nødvendig."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:33
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
-"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> if applicable, or choose your monitor from "
-"the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose "
-"<guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and "
-"vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+"You can choose Plug'n Play, if applicable, or choose your monitor from the "
+"<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis> or <emphasis>Generic</emphasis> list. Choose "
+"<emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and "
+"vertical refresh rates of your monitor. See <xref linkend="
+"\"configureX_monitor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis> <guibutton> Skjermtype </guibutton> </emphasis>: Du kan velge "
"<guilabel> Plug'n Play </guilabel> hvis det er aktuelt, eller velg skjermen "
@@ -1159,30 +1337,37 @@ msgstr ""
"guilabel> liste. Velg <guilabel> Tilpasset </guilabel> hvis du foretrekker å "
"manuelt angi horisontal og vertikal oppdateringshastighet på skjermen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:41
-msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
-msgstr "Feil oppdateringsfrekvens kan skade skjermen"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: The resolution and "
-"color depth of your monitor can be set here."
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:63
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The resolution and color depth of your monitor can be set here"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis> <guibutton> Oppløsning </guibutton> </emphasis>: Oppløsningen og "
"fargedybden på skjermen din kan stilles inn her."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:52
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
-"always appear during install. If the option is there, and you test your "
-"settings, you should be ask whether your settings are correct. If you answer "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">yes</emphasis>, the settings will be kept. If you "
-"don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be able to "
-"reconfigure everything until the test result is satisfactory. If the test "
-"option is not available, then make sure your settings are on the safe side."
+"The test button does not always appear during install. If the option is "
+"there, and you test your settings, you should be asked whether your settings "
+"are correct. If you answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, the settings will be "
+"kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen "
+"and be able to reconfigure everything until the test result is satisfactory. "
+"If the test option is not available, then make sure your settings are on the "
+"safe side."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis> <guibutton> Test </guibutton> </emphasis>: Testknappen vises ikke "
"alltid under installasjonen. Hvis alternativet vises, og du tester "
@@ -1194,21 +1379,35 @@ msgstr ""
"innstillingene er korrekte."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
-"enable or disable various options."
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:81
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:84
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Here you can choose to enable or disable various options"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis><guibutton>Alternativer</guibutton></emphasis>: Her kan du velge å "
"aktivere eller deaktivere ulike alternativer."
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"There is a risk of damaging a monitor if you choose refresh rates that are "
+"outside the frequency range of that monitor. This applies to older CRT "
+"displays: modern monitors will reject an unsupported frequency and normally "
+"enter standby mode."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:11
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:22
msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
msgstr "Velg en monitor"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:14
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:25
msgid ""
"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
"correctly identify yours."
@@ -1217,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"identifisere dine korrekt."
#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:19
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:30
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selecting a monitor with different characteristics "
"could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something "
@@ -1229,25 +1428,26 @@ msgstr ""
"gjør. </emphasis> Hvis du er i tvil, bør du konsultere skjermdokumentasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:31
-msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tilpasset</emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:46
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:33
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters: the vertical refresh "
"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
"displayed."
@@ -1257,8 +1457,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Vertikal oppdatering bestemmer hvor ofte skjermen oppdateres, og horisontal "
"synkronisering er frekvensen der skannelinjer vises."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:38
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
@@ -1270,27 +1470,23 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermen. Hvis du er i tvil, velg en konservativ innstilling og konsulter "
"skjermdokumentasjonen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
-msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:64
+msgid "Plug'n Play"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:47
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
-"monitor database."
+"This is the default option and automatically tries to determine the monitor "
+"type from the monitor database."
msgstr ""
"Dette er standardalternativet og prøver å finne skjermtype fra "
"skjermdatabasen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:51
-msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Leverandør</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:53
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
msgid ""
"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
@@ -1298,30 +1494,30 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis installasjonen ikke har registrert skjermen riktig og du vet hvilken du "
"har, kan du velge den fra treet ved å velge:"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:61
-msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
-msgstr "skjermens produsent"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:86
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
-msgid "the monitor description"
-msgstr "skjermbeskrivelse"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:90
+msgid "Monitor model"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
-msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:96
+msgid "Generic"
+msgstr ""
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:71
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:99
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"selecting this group will list nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
-"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Vesa</emphasis> card driver when your video hardware cannot be "
-"determined automatically. Once again it may be wise to be conservative in "
-"your selections."
+"Selecting this group will list nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat-panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the VESA card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du velger denne gruppen, vises nesten 30 skjermkonfigurasjoner som "
"1024x768 @ 60Hz og inkluderer flatskjermer som brukes i bærbare "
@@ -1331,77 +1527,56 @@ msgstr ""
"valgene dine."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:7
-msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:22
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custom Disk Partitioning with DiskDrake"
msgstr "Egendefinert partisjonering med DiskDrake"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:12
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:27
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
-"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
-"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
-"<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you wish to use encryption on your <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</emphasis> "
-"partition you must ensure that you have a separate <emphasis role=\"bold\">/"
-"boot</emphasis> partition. The encryption option for the <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">/boot</emphasis> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system "
-"will be unbootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ønsker å bruke kryptering på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / </emphasis> "
-"partisjonen, må du sørge for at du har en egen <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / "
-"boot </emphasis> partisjon. Krypteringsalternativet for <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> / boot </emphasis> partisjonen må IKKE settes, ellers vil systemet ikke "
-"kunne startes."
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:29
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create "
-"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
-"view their details before you start."
+"Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem or size of a partition and even view their details "
+"before you start."
msgstr ""
"Endre oppsettet til disken(e) dine her. Du kan fjerne eller opprette "
"partisjoner, endre filsystemet til en partisjon eller endre størrelsen og "
"til og med se detaljene for den før du starter."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:34
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There is a tab at the top for every detected hard disk (or other storage "
-"device like a USB key). In the screen-shot above there are two available "
-"devices: <emphasis role=\"bold\">sda </emphasis>and <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">sdb</emphasis>."
+"device, like a USB key). In the screenshot above there are two available "
+"devices: <filename>sda </filename>and <filename>sdb</filename>."
msgstr ""
"For hver oppdaget harddisk, (eller annen lagringsenhet som en USB-nøkkel), "
"finnes det en kategori øverst . I skjermbildet ovenfor er det to "
"tilgjengelige enheter: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> sda </emphasis> og <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"> sdb </emphasis>."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Take care with the <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> option, use it only if "
-"you are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær forsiktig med <guibutton> Fjern alt </guibutton> -alternativet, bruk det "
-"bare hvis du er sikker på at du vil slette alle partisjoner på den valgte "
-"lageringsenheten."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:43
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. "
-"<guibutton>Expert mode</guibutton> provides more options such as a label "
-"(give a name to) a partition, or to choose a partition type."
+"<emphasis>Expert mode</emphasis> provides more options such as to label "
+"(name) a partition, or to choose a partition type."
msgstr ""
"For alle andre handlinger: Klikk først på ønsket partisjon. Deretter se på "
"den, eller velg et filsystem og et monteringspunkt, endre størrelsen på den "
@@ -1409,53 +1584,92 @@ msgstr ""
"alternativer som å angi en etikett (gi navn til) en partisjon, eller å velge "
"en partisjonstype."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:49
-msgid "Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction, then click "
+"<emphasis>Done</emphasis> when you're ready."
msgstr "Fortsett til du har justerert alt etter dine ønsker."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:52
-msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
-msgstr "Klikk<guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> når du er klar."
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Take care with the <emphasis>Clear all</emphasis> option, use it only if you "
+"are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device."
+msgstr ""
+"Vær forsiktig med <guibutton> Fjern alt </guibutton> -alternativet, bruk det "
+"bare hvis du er sikker på at du vil slette alle partisjoner på den valgte "
+"lageringsenheten."
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:56
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <filename>/</filename> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. "
+"The encryption option for the <filename>/boot</filename> partition must NOT "
+"be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du ønsker å bruke kryptering på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / </emphasis> "
+"partisjonen, må du sørge for at du har en egen <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / "
+"boot </emphasis> partisjon. Krypteringsalternativet for <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> / boot </emphasis> partisjonen må IKKE settes, ellers vil systemet ikke "
+"kunne startes."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you are installing Mageia on a UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI System "
-"Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see below)"
+"Partition) is present and correctly mounted on <filename>/boot/EFI</"
+"filename>. See Figure 1 below."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du installerer Mageia på et UEFI-system, må du kontrollere at en ESP "
"(EFI System Partition) er tilstede og riktig montert på / boot / EFI (se "
"nedenfor)"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:61
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:93
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
-"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
+"partition is present and of the correct type. See Figure 2 below."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du installerer Mageia på et Legacy / GPT-system, må du kontrollere at "
+"en BIOS-oppstartspartisjon er tilstede og av riktig type"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:101
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "EFI System Partition"
+msgstr "Bruk gamle partisjoner"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png"
"\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:60
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:103 en/diskdrake.xml:117
msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot "
-"partition is present and of the correct type"
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:115
+msgid "BIOS boot partition"
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du installerer Mageia på et Legacy / GPT-system, må du kontrollere at "
-"en BIOS-oppstartspartisjon er tilstede og av riktig type"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
-#: en/diskdrake.xml:76
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:118 en/doPartitionDisks.xml:200
msgid ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
@@ -1468,50 +1682,60 @@ msgstr ""
"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:9
-msgid "Partitioning"
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Partisjonering"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:12
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) along with the "
-"DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install <application>Mageia</"
-"application>."
+"DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install Mageia."
msgstr ""
"På denne skjermen kan du se innholdet på harddisken(e) dine og se løsningene "
"som DrakX partisjoneringsveiviseren fant for å "
"installere<application>Mageia</application>."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:16
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The options available from those shown below will vary according to the "
-"layout and content of your particular hard drive(s)."
+"The actual options available from those shown below will vary according to "
+"the layout and content of your particular hard drive(s)."
msgstr ""
"Alternativene som er tilgjengelige fra listen nedenfor, vil variere avhengig "
"av hvilken type harddisk (er) og innhold."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:21
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32
-msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
-msgstr "Bruk gamle partisjoner"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Main Options"
+msgstr "Valg"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:35
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Existing Partitions</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sett opp partisjonsstørrelser:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:53
msgid ""
"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
"been found and may be used for the installation."
@@ -1519,13 +1743,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis dette alternativet er tilgjengelig, har eksisterende Linux-kompatible "
"partisjoner blitt funnet og kan brukes til installasjonen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:41
-msgid "Use Free Space"
-msgstr "Bruk ledig plass"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:59
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:43
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
msgid ""
"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
"your new Mageia installation."
@@ -1533,55 +1758,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis du har ubrukt plass på harddisken, vil dette alternativet bruke det til "
"din nye Mageia-installasjon."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:49
-msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
-msgstr "Bruk ledig plass på Microsoft Windows®-partisjonen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:52
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:68
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
-"offer to use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har ubrukt plass på en eksisterende Windows-partisjon, kan "
-"installasjonen tilby å bruke den."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
-"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
-"important files!"
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia "
+"installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have "
+"backed up all important files!"
msgstr ""
"Dette kan være en nyttig måte å gjøre plass til din nye Mageia-installasjon, "
"men det er en risikofylt operasjon, så du bør sørge for at du har "
"sikkerhetskopiert alle viktige filer!"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
-"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
-"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
-"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
-"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
-"back up your personal files."
-msgstr ""
-"Merk at dette innebærer å krympe størrelsen på Windows-partisjonen. "
-"Partisjonen må være \"ren\", noe som betyr at Windows må ha stengt riktig "
-"sist den ble brukt. Det må også være defragmentert, selv om dette ikke er en "
-"garanti for at alle filer i partisjonen er flyttet ut av området som skal "
-"brukes. Det anbefales å sikkerhetskopiere dine personlige filer."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:77
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
"light blue and the proposed Mageia partition in dark blue with their "
"intended sizes just underneath. You have the option to modify these sizes by "
-"clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the following "
-"screen-shot."
+"clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the following "
+"screenshot:"
msgstr ""
"Med dette alternativet viser installasjonen den gjenværende Windows-"
"partisjonen i lyseblå og den fremtidige Mageia-partisjonen i mørkeblå med de "
@@ -1589,53 +1794,54 @@ msgstr ""
"størrelsene ved å klikke og dra mellomrummet mellom begge partisjonene. Se "
"skjermbildet nedenfor."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
-msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
-msgstr "Slett og bruk hele disken"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase and use Entire Disk</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafisk Miljø</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
-msgid "This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia"
msgstr "Dette alternativet vil bruke hele disken for Mageia"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
-msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr ""
-"Merk! Dette vil slette ALLE data på den valgte harddisken. Vær forsiktig!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
-"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
-"this option."
+"This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! If you "
+"intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data "
+"on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du har tenkt å bruke en del av disken til noe annet, eller hvis du "
"allerede har data på stasjonen du ikke er villig til å miste, bruk ikke "
"dette alternativet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:103
-msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
-msgstr "Egendefinert partisjonering"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Merk at dette innebærer å krympe størrelsen på Windows-partisjonen. "
+"Partisjonen må være \"ren\", noe som betyr at Windows må ha stengt riktig "
+"sist den ble brukt. Det må også være defragmentert, selv om dette ikke er en "
+"garanti for at alle filer i partisjonen er flyttet ut av området som skal "
+"brukes. Det anbefales å sikkerhetskopiere dine personlige filer."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:106
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:110
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom Disk Partitioning</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sett opp partisjonsstørrelser:</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:113
msgid ""
"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
"hard drive(s)."
@@ -1643,35 +1849,45 @@ msgstr ""
"Dette gir deg full kontroll over plasseringen av installasjonen på "
"harddisken(e) din."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partition sizing:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sett opp partisjonsstørrelser:</emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you are not using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom disk partitioning</"
-"emphasis> option, the installer will allocate the available space according "
-"to the following rules:"
+"If you are not using the <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis> "
+"option, then the installer will allocate the available space according to "
+"the following rules:"
msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke bruker <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Tilpasset diskpartisjonering </"
"emphasis>, vil installereren tildele ledig plass i henhold til følgende "
"regler:"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the total available space is less than 50 GB, then only one partition is "
-"created. This will be the <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</emphasis> (root) "
-"partition."
+"created. This will be the <filename>/</filename> (root) partition."
msgstr ""
"Hvis det totale tilgjengelige stedet er mindre enn 50 GB, opprettes kun en "
"partisjon bli opprettet. Dette vil være<emphasis role=\"bold\">/</emphasis> "
"(root) partisjonen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:141
msgid ""
"If the total available space is greater than 50 GB, then three partitions "
"are created"
@@ -1679,49 +1895,62 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis den totale tilgjengelige plassen er over 50 GB, blir tre partisjoner "
"opprettet"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:130
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:146
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</"
-"emphasis> with a maximum of 50 GB"
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <filename>/</filename> "
+"with a maximum of 50 GB"
msgstr ""
"6/19 av den totale tilgjengelige plassen er tildelt <emphasis role=\"bold\">/"
"</emphasis>med maksimalt 50 GB"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:134
-msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:151
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to <filename>swap</filename> with a maximum of 4 GB"
msgstr "1/19 er allokert til vekslingspartisjon med maksimalt 4 GB"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:138
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:156
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <emphasis role=\"bold\">/home.</"
-"emphasis>"
+"the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <emphasis>/</"
+"emphasis><filename>home</filename><emphasis role=\"bold\">.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"resten (minst 12/19) er tildelt <emphasis role=\"bold\">/home.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:144
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:164
msgid ""
-"That means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will "
-"create three partitions: 50 GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</emphasis>, 4 "
-"GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\">swap</emphasis> and the remainder for "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">/home</emphasis>."
+"This means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will "
+"create three partitions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:169
+msgid "50 GB for <filename>/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:173
+msgid "4 GB for <filename>swap</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:177
+msgid "and the remainder for <filename>/home</filename>."
msgstr ""
-"Det betyr at fra 160 GB eller mer ledig plass vil installereren opprette tre "
-"partisjoner: 50 GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / </emphasis>, 4 GB for "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> swap </emphasis > og resten for <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> / home </emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:150
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:182
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you are using a UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
-"automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted "
-"on /boot/EFI. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom disk partitioning</"
+"automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet - and mounted "
+"on <filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. The <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</"
"emphasis> option is the only one that allows to check it has been correctly "
-"done"
+"done."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du bruker et UEFI-system, vil ESP (EFI System Partisjon) automatisk bli "
"oppdaget - eller opprettet hvis den ikke eksisterer ennå, og montert på / "
@@ -1730,13 +1959,15 @@ msgstr ""
"blitt gjort riktig"
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:158
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:188
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you are using a Legacy (CSM or BIOS) system with a GPT disk, you need to "
-"create a BIOS boot partition if not already existing. It is a roughly 1 MiB "
-"partition with no mount point. Choose <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> to be "
-"able to create it with the Installer like any other partition, just select "
-"BIOS boot partition as the filesystem type."
+"If you are using a Legacy (also known as BIOS) system with a GPT partitioned "
+"disk, you need to create a BIOS boot partition if it doesn't already exist. "
+"It should be about 1 MiB with no mount point. It can be created with the "
+"Installer, under <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, like any "
+"other partition. Be sure to select <quote>BIOS boot partition</quote> for "
+"filesystem type."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du bruker et Legacy-system (CSM eller BIOS) med en GPT-disk, må du "
"opprette en BIOS-oppstartspartisjon, hvis den ikke allerede eksisterer. Det "
@@ -1744,36 +1975,29 @@ msgstr ""
"\"diskdrake\" /> for å kunne opprette det med installasjonsprogrammet som en "
"annen partisjon, velg bare BIOS boot partisjon som filsystemtype."
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
-"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:195
+msgid "See <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> for information on how to proceed."
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
-"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><mediaobject>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:175
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:210
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:182
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:216
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
"previous standard of 512. Due to lack of available hardware, the "
"partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a "
-"drive. Also some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you "
-"have such a device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using "
-"an alternative partitioning tool like <emphasis role=\"bold\">gparted</"
-"emphasis>, and to use the following settings:"
+"drive."
msgstr ""
"Noen nyere disker bruker nå 4096 byte logiske sektorer, i stedet for den "
"forrige standarden på 512. På grunn av mangel på tilgjengelig maskinvare, "
@@ -1784,57 +2008,78 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjoneringsverktøy som <emphasis role=\"bold\"> gparted </emphasis>, og "
"bruk følgende innstillinger:"
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:189
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Align to</emphasis> = MiB"
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:221
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you have such a "
+"device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using an "
+"alternative partitioning tool like gparted, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Noen nyere disker bruker nå 4096 byte logiske sektorer, i stedet for den "
+"forrige standarden på 512. På grunn av mangel på tilgjengelig maskinvare, "
+"har partisjoneringsverktøyet som ble brukt i installasjonsprogrammet ikke "
+"blitt testet med en slik disk. Også noen SSD-enheter bruker nå en "
+"sletteblokkstørrelse over 1 MB. Hvis du har en slik enhet, foreslår vi at du "
+"partisjonerer stasjonen på forhånd, ved hjelp av et alternativt "
+"partisjoneringsverktøy som <emphasis role=\"bold\"> gparted </emphasis>, og "
+"bruk følgende innstillinger:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:228
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Align to</emphasis> = MiB"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Juster til</emphasis> = MiB"
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:191
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2"
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:232
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ledig plass foran (MiB) </emphasis> = 2"
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:194
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:236
msgid ""
"Also make sure all partitions are created using an even number of megabytes."
msgstr ""
"Pass også på at alle partisjoner er opprettet med et jevnt antall megabyte."
#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:54 en/DrakLive.xml:16
msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
msgstr "Installerer fra LIVE medium"
#. type: Content of: <book><info>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:4
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:14
msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
-msgid "January 2015"
-msgstr "Januar 2015"
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:23
+msgid "March 2016"
+msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:25
msgid "Mageia 5"
msgstr "Mageia 5"
#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:14
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakX-cover.xml:27
msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
msgstr "Mageias Offisielle dokumentasjon"
#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:33 en/DrakX-cover.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:20
-#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:38 en/DrakLive.xml:25 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35
+#: en/DrakX.xml:44
msgid ""
"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
@@ -1845,8 +2090,8 @@ msgstr ""
"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
-#: en/DrakX.xml:15
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:42 en/DrakLive.xml:29 en/DrakX-cover.xml:39
+#: en/DrakX.xml:48
msgid ""
"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
@@ -1857,8 +2102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:25
-#: en/DrakX.xml:17
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:52
msgid ""
"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
@@ -1868,15 +2112,15 @@ msgstr ""
"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
"link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen."
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36
-#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:56 en/DrakLive.xml:19 en/DrakX-cover.xml:64
+#: en/DrakX.xml:38 en/selectKeyboard.xml:49
msgid "<note>"
msgstr "<note>"
#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
-#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:57 en/DrakLive.xml:20 en/DrakX-cover.xml:65
+#: en/DrakX.xml:39
msgid ""
"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
@@ -1886,42 +2130,49 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbilder du kommer til å se er avhengig av din maskinvare og de valg du "
"gjør under installasjonen."
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:40
-#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:60 en/DrakLive.xml:23 en/DrakX-cover.xml:68
+#: en/DrakX.xml:42 en/selectKeyboard.xml:56
msgid "</note>"
msgstr "</note>"
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den ble skrevet av frivllige på deres fritid. Vennligst kontakt <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, hvis du vil hjelpe til med å forbedre denne manualen."
+
#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:3 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 en/DrakX.xml:3
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:61 en/DrakX.xml:35
msgid "Installation with DrakX"
msgstr "Installasjon med DrakX"
#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:9
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:20
msgid "February 2014"
msgstr "Februar 2014"
#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:22
msgid "Mageia 4"
msgstr "Mageia 4"
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/exitInstall.xml:3
msgid "Congratulations"
msgstr "Gratulerer"
#. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: Added clickable link to mageia.org
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:9
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:13
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -1930,27 +2181,28 @@ msgstr ""
"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:18
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
-"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
-"your computer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to "
+"remove the installation medium and reboot your computer."
msgstr ""
"Du er ferdig med å installere og konfigurere <application>Mageia</"
"application> og det er nå trygt å fjerne installasjonsmediet og starte "
"datamaskinen på nytt."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:18
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:22
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
-"systems (if there are more than one) on your computer."
+"After rebooting, you can use the bootloader screen to choose which operating "
+"system to start (if there are more than one on your computer)."
msgstr ""
"Etter at du har startet på nytt, kan du velge mellom operativsystemene på "
"datamaskinen din (hvis du har mer enn én) ."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:22
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:26
msgid ""
"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
"will be automatically selected and started."
@@ -1959,24 +2211,25 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen automatisk valgt og startet."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:26
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:30
msgid "Enjoy!"
msgstr "Nyt!"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/exitInstall.xml:28
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
-"Mageia"
+"Visit <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/\">www.mageia.org/en/</link> "
+"if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia"
msgstr "Gå til www.mageia.org hvs du har spørsmål eller vil bidra til Mageia"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/firewall.xml:3
+#: en/firewall.xml:7
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Brannmur"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:6
+#: en/firewall.xml:10
msgid ""
"This section allows you to configure some simple firewall rules: they "
"determine which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the "
@@ -1989,16 +2242,17 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelige fra Internett."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:12
+#: en/firewall.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the default setting (no button is checked), no service of the system is "
-"accessible from the network. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Everything (no "
-"firewall)</emphasis> enables access to all services of the machine - an "
-"option that does not make much sense in the context of the installer since "
-"it would create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in the "
-"context of the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout) for "
-"temporarily disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and "
-"debugging purposes."
+"accessible from the network. The <emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</"
+"emphasis> option enables access to all services of the machine - an option "
+"that does not make much sense in the context of the installer since it would "
+"create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in the context of "
+"the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily "
+"disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and debugging "
+"purposes."
msgstr ""
"I standardinnstillingen (ingen knapp er avmerket), er ingen tjeneste av "
"systemet tilgjengelig fra nettverket. <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Alt (ingen "
@@ -2010,26 +2264,28 @@ msgstr ""
"testing og feilsøking."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:21
+#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All other options are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you will "
-"enable the <emphasis role=\"bold\">CUPS server</emphasis> if you want "
-"printers on your machine to be accessible from the network."
+"enable the CUPS server if you want printers on your machine to be accessible "
+"from the network."
msgstr ""
"Alle andre alternativer er mer eller mindre selvforklarende. Som et eksempel "
"vil du aktivere <emphasis role=\"bold\"> CUPS-serveren </emphasis> hvis du "
"vil at skrivere på maskinen skal være tilgjengelige fra nettverket."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:25
+#: en/firewall.xml:29
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:27
+#: en/firewall.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where "
-"you can enable a series of services by typing a list of couples (blank "
+"The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where you can enable "
+"a series of services by typing a list of <quote>couples</quote> (blank "
"separated)"
msgstr ""
"Alternativet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Avansert </emphasis> åpner et vindu "
@@ -2037,12 +2293,12 @@ msgstr ""
"separert)"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:31
+#: en/firewall.xml:35
msgid "<emphasis>&lt;port-number>/&lt;protocol></emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>&lt;port-nummer>/&lt;protokoll></emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
-#: en/firewall.xml:34
+#: en/firewall.xml:38
msgid ""
"- <emphasis>&lt;port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to "
"the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined "
@@ -2053,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;"
#. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member>
-#: en/firewall.xml:38
+#: en/firewall.xml:42
msgid ""
"- <emphasis>&lt;protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service."
@@ -2063,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"av tjenesten."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:43
+#: en/firewall.xml:47
msgid ""
"For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore "
"is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
@@ -2072,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/firewall.xml:46
+#: en/firewall.xml:50
msgid ""
"In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 "
"couples for the same port."
@@ -2081,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"par for samme port."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:3
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:10
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr "Formater"
@@ -2089,14 +2345,16 @@ msgstr "Formater"
#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typography.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:15
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" align=\"center"
-"\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
-"<imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\" align=\"center"
-"\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+"<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
"\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" align=\"center"
@@ -2105,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:24
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:35
msgid ""
"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be preserved."
@@ -2115,26 +2373,30 @@ msgstr ""
"formatering, blir bevart."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:28
-msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:39
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Usually, at least the partitions that DrakX selected need to be formatted."
msgstr "Vanligvis må minst partisjonene DrakX valgte, formateres"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:31
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
-"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+"Click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to choose the partitions you want to "
+"check for so-called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Klikk på <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> for å velgede partisjonenedo ønsker "
"å kontrollere for så kallede <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:36
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:47
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
-"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
-"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen, "
-"where you can choose to view details of your partitions."
+"<emphasis>Previous</emphasis>, again on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> and "
+"then on <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> to get back to the main screen, where "
+"you can choose to view details of your partitions."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke er sikker på at du har gjort det riktige valget, kan du klikke "
"på <guibutton> Forrige </guibutton>, og igjen på <guibutton> Forrige </"
@@ -2143,21 +2405,22 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonene dine."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/formatPartitions.xml:43
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:54
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selections, click on <emphasis>Next</"
+"emphasis> to continue."
msgstr ""
"Når du er fornøyd med valgene, klikk på <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> for å "
"fortsette."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:10
+#: en/installer.xml:14
msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
msgstr "DrakX er Mageia installereren"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:13
+#: en/installer.xml:16
msgid ""
"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
@@ -2167,345 +2430,250 @@ msgstr ""
"designet for å gjøre installasjonen din eller oppgradering så enkel som "
"mulig."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
-"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr ""
-"Det første menyskjermbildet har forskjellige alternativer, men "
-"standardinnstillingen starter installasjonen, som normalt vil være alt du "
-"trenger."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:22
-msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
-msgstr "Installasjons velkomstskjermen"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:25
-msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
-msgstr "Bruker en Mageia DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
-"is what you will see if you have a UEFI system, the second one is for a "
-"Legacy system:"
-msgstr ""
-"Her er standard velkomstskjermer når du bruker en Mageia DVD, den første med "
-"et UEFI-system og det andre med et Legacy-system:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:32
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/installer.xml:20
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr "Installasjonsfasene"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:37
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:23
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"From this screen, you have access to options by pressing \"<emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">e</emphasis>\" to enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, "
-"press either <emphasis role=\"bold\">Esc</emphasis> key to quit without "
-"saving or press the key <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ctrl</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">F10</emphasis> to quit with saving."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps - the status of which "
+"is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen."
msgstr ""
-"Fra denne skjermen har du tilgang til alternativene, ved å trykke på "
-"\"<emphasis role =\" bold \"> e </emphasis>\" for å gå inn i "
-"redigeringsmodus. For å komme tilbake til dette skjermbildet trykker du "
-"enten på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> for å avslutte uten å "
-"lagre eller trykke på tasten <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Ctrl </emphasis> eller "
-"<emphasis role=\" fet \"> F10 </emphasis> for å slutte med lagring."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:45
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"Installasjonsprosessen er delt inn i flere trinn, hvis status er angitt i et "
+"panel til venstre i skjermbildet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:50
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:28
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"From this screen, it is possible to set some preferences (note that the "
-"options <emphasis role=\"bold\">F1</emphasis> to <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
-"emphasis> are available only on Legacy systems):"
+"Each step has one or more screens, which may also have <emphasis>Advanced</"
+"emphasis> sections with extra, less commonly required options."
msgstr ""
-"Fra dette skjermbildet er det mulig å angi noen preferanser (merk at "
-"alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis> til <emphasis role ="
-"\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> er bare tilgjengelige på Legacy-systemer) :"
+"Hvert trinn har et eller flere skjermbilder som også kan ha <guibutton> "
+"Avansert </guibutton> seksjoner med ekstra, mindre vanlige alternativer."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:55
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Within any of the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F2</emphasis> to <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">F6</emphasis> options, you can view relevant help by pressing "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">F1</emphasis>"
+"Most screens have <emphasis>Help</emphasis> buttons for further details "
+"about the particular step."
msgstr ""
-"I noen av alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </emphasis> til "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> kan du vise relevant hjelp ved å "
-"trykke på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis>"
+"De fleste skjermbildene har <guibutton>Hjelp</guibutton> knapper som gir "
+"ytterligere forklaringer om det aktuelle steget."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:63
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Press <emphasis role=\"bold\">F2</emphasis> to have the installer use a "
-"specific language for the installation."
+"If at some point during the install you decide to abort the installation, it "
+"is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system."
msgstr ""
-"Trykk på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </emphasis> for å vise "
-"installasjonsprogrammet i et bestemt språk."
+"Hvis det et sted under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe "
+"installasjonen, er det mulig å starte om igjen, men vær så snill å tenke to "
+"ganger før du gjør dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer "
+"har begynt å bli installert, er datamaskinen din ikke lenger i samme "
+"tilstand, og omstart kan godt gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross "
+"for dette er veldig sikker på omstart, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke "
+"på de tre tastene<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidige. Etter det, "
+"trykk <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtidige for omstart."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:67
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:43
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"If, in spite of this, you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a "
+"text terminal by pressing the keys <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"
+"keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> together. After "
+"that, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> together to reboot."
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Use the arrow keys to select the language then press <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Enter</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"Bruk piltastene til å velge språk og trykk deretter <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"Enter </emphasis>."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:48
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr "Installasjons velkomstskjermen"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:77
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:49
msgid ""
-"If needed, change the screen resolution by pressing <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">F3</emphasis> (Legacy mode only)."
+"The particular screen that you will first see when booting from the "
+"Installation media will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of "
+"the Legacy (BIOS) or UEFI type."
msgstr ""
-"Hvis nødvendig, endrer du skjermoppløsningen ved å trykke <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> F3 </emphasis> (Kun Legacy modus)."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:81
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"The welcome menu screen has various options, however the default option will "
+"start the installer, and is normally all that you will need."
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"Det første menyskjermbildet har forskjellige alternativer, men "
+"standardinnstillingen starter installasjonen, som normalt vil være alt du "
+"trenger."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"If you experience problems with the installation, you could try modifying "
-"the default settings using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kernel Options</emphasis> (for UEFI systems press "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> instead)."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:56
+msgid "Legacy (BIOS) Systems"
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du opplever problemer med installasjonen, kan du prøve å endre "
-"standardinnstillingene ved hjelp av <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Kernel Options </emphasis> (for UEFI-systemer "
-"trykker <emphasis role=\"bold\"> e </emphasis> i stedet)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:96
-msgid "Default: It doesn't alter anything in the default options."
-msgstr "- Standard, det endrer ikke noe i standardvalgene."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:101
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:58
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Safe Settings: Priority is given to the safer options at the price of a "
-"performance detriment."
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"Sikkerhets innstillinger:: Prioritering er gitt til sikrere alternativer til "
-"prisen for ytelse."
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"No ACPI: (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface): Power management "
-"features are not used."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:63
+msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""
-"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strømstyring blir "
-"ikke tatt i bruk."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:113
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:66
msgid ""
-"No Local APIC: (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller): CPU "
-"interrupt. Select this option if you experience system misbehaviour like a "
-"kernel panic in relation to APIC."
+"Install Mageia to a hard disk. This is the default option, and will "
+"automatically start after a short while unless another option is selected."
msgstr ""
-"Ingen lokal APIC: (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller): CPU "
-"avbrudd. Velg dette alternativet hvis du opplever systemmishandling som "
-"kjernepanikk i forhold til APIC."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
-"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du velger en av disse oppføringene, endrer den standardalternativene som "
-"vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:69
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue System</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:125
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:70
msgid ""
-"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> do not appear in the <guilabel>Boot "
-"Options</guilabel> line, despite this, they will in fact be applied."
+"This option allows you to either re-install the bootloader for an existing "
+"Mageia installation or you can use it to restore a Windows bootloader."
msgstr ""
-"I noen Mageia-utgivelser kan det hende at oppføringene, som er valgt med "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> ikke vises på linjen <guilabel> Boot "
-"Options </guilabel>, til tross for dette vil de faktisk bli brukt."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:132
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Memory Test</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:139
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:76
msgid ""
-"Pressing <emphasis role=\"bold\">F1</emphasis> opens a help window for "
-"various boot options. Select an item with the arrow keys and press <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Enter</emphasis> for more details or press <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Esc</emphasis> to go back to the welcome screen."
+"Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write operations. "
+"Reboot to end the test."
msgstr ""
-"Ved å trykke <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis> åpnes et hjelpevindu "
-"for ulike oppstartsalternativer. Velg et element med piltastene og trykk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enter </emphasis> for flere detaljer eller trykk "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> for å gå tilbake til "
-"velkomstskjermbildet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:146
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:151
-msgid ""
-"The detailed view about the splash option. Press <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Esc</emphasis> or select <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to "
-"go back to the options list. These options can be added by hand in the "
-"<guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:81
+msgid "Press F2 for alternative languages."
msgstr ""
-"For den detaljerte visningen om splash-alternativet. Trykk <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> eller velg <guilabel> Gå tilbake til "
-"Opstartsalternativ </guilabel> for å gå tilbake til listen over "
-"alternativer. Disse alternativene kan legges til for hånd på <guilabel> "
-"Opstartsalternativ </guilabel> -linjen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/installer.xml:158
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:86
+msgid "UEFI Systems"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:164
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:87
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The help is translated in the chosen language with <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">F2</emphasis>."
+"From this screen, you can access options by pressing <keycap>e</keycap> to "
+"enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, press <keycap>Esc</keycap> "
+"to quit without saving or press <keycap>F10</keycap> to save and quit."
msgstr ""
-"Hjelpen vises for det valgte språket med <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </"
-"emphasis>."
+"Fra denne skjermen har du tilgang til alternativene, ved å trykke på "
+"\"<emphasis role =\" bold \"> e </emphasis>\" for å gå inn i "
+"redigeringsmodus. For å komme tilbake til dette skjermbildet trykker du "
+"enten på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> for å avslutte uten å "
+"lagre eller trykke på tasten <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Ctrl </emphasis> eller "
+"<emphasis role=\" fet \"> F10 </emphasis> for å slutte med lagring."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:168
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
-"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"For mer informasjon om kjernevalg på eldre og UEFI-systemer, se:<link ns2:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:177
-msgid "The installation steps"
-msgstr "Installasjonsfasene"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, the status of which "
-"is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:96
+msgid "In UEFI mode you have only two menu options to choose from:"
msgstr ""
-"Installasjonsprosessen er delt inn i flere trinn, hvis status er angitt i et "
-"panel til venstre i skjermbildet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
-"guibutton> sections with extra, less commonly required, options."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvert trinn har et eller flere skjermbilder som også kan ha <guibutton> "
-"Avansert </guibutton> seksjoner med ekstra, mindre vanlige alternativer."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:99
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install:</emphasis> Start the Install process"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Juster til</emphasis> = MiB"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:186
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:103
msgid ""
-"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons for further details "
-"about the particular step."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue:</emphasis> This option allows you to either "
+"re-install the bootloader for an existing Mageia installation or you can use "
+"it to restore a Windows bootloader."
msgstr ""
-"De fleste skjermbildene har <guibutton>Hjelp</guibutton> knapper som gir "
-"ytterligere forklaringer om det aktuelle steget."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:190
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If at some points during the install you decide to stop the installation, it "
-"is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a "
-"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
-"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
-"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
-"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
-"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above options duplicated, "
+"and in this case, you should use the set that will be suffixed with \"USB\"."
msgstr ""
-"Hvis det et sted under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe "
-"installasjonen, er det mulig å starte om igjen, men vær så snill å tenke to "
-"ganger før du gjør dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer "
-"har begynt å bli installert, er datamaskinen din ikke lenger i samme "
-"tilstand, og omstart kan godt gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross "
-"for dette er veldig sikker på omstart, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke "
-"på de tre tastene<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidige. Etter det, "
-"trykk <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtidige for omstart."
+"Hvis du starter opp fra en USB-pinne, får du to tilleggslinjer som er en "
+"duplikat av de forrige linjene med med \"USB\" på slutten. Du må velge dem."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:203
+#: en/installer.xml:115
msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
msgstr "Installasjonsproblem og mulige løsninger"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:206
+#: en/installer.xml:117
msgid "No Graphical Interface"
msgstr "Ikke Grafisk grensesnitt"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:210
+#: en/installer.xml:120
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
-"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
-"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+"After the initial screen you did not progress to the <emphasis>Language "
+"Selection</emphasis> screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and "
+"older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <command>vgalo</command> "
+"at the prompt."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke kom til språkvalgsskjermen startskjermbildet noe som kan skje "
"med noen grafikkort og eldre systemer. Prøv å bruke lav oppløsning ved å "
"skrive <code>vgalo</code> ved prompten."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:217
+#: en/installer.xml:126
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
-"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this press "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Esc</emphasis> at the first welcome screen and "
-"confirm with <emphasis role=\"bold\">ENTER</emphasis>. You will be presented "
-"with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and press "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ENTER</emphasis> to continue with the installation "
-"in text mode."
+"In this case it is worth trying a text-mode installation. To use this press "
+"<keycap>Esc</keycap> at the <emphasis>Welcome</emphasis> screen and confirm "
+"with <keycap>ENTER</keycap>. You will be presented with a black screen with "
+"a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Type <command>text</command> and press "
+"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> to continue with the installation in text mode."
msgstr ""
"Hvis maskinvaren er svært gammel, kan det hende at det ikke er mulig å "
"installere et grafisk oppsett. I dette tilfellet er det verdt å prøve en "
@@ -2516,18 +2684,19 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis> for å fortsette installasjonen i tekstmodus."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:230
+#: en/installer.xml:138
msgid "The Install Freezes"
msgstr "Installasjonen fryser"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:232
+#: en/installer.xml:139
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
-"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
-"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
-"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
-"other options as necessary."
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic hardware "
+"detection may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<command>noauto</command> at the prompt. This option may also be combined "
+"with other parameters as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Hvis systemet syntes å fryse under installasjonen, kan dette være et problem "
"med maskinvaredeteksjon. I dette tilfellet kan automatisk deteksjon av "
@@ -2536,17 +2705,19 @@ msgstr ""
"med andre alternativer etter behov."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:240
+#: en/installer.xml:146
msgid "RAM problem"
msgstr "RAM problem"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:242
+#: en/installer.xml:147
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
-"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<literal>mem=<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>M</literal> parameter, where "
+"<replaceable>xxx</replaceable> is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. "
+"<literal>mem=256M</literal> would specify 256MB of RAM."
msgstr ""
"Dette vil sjelden være nødvendig, men i noen tilfeller kan maskinvaren "
"rapportere tilgjengelig RAM ukorrekt. For å spesifisere dette manuelt, kan "
@@ -2554,19 +2725,20 @@ msgstr ""
"RAM. f.eks <code> mem =256M </code> vil angi 256 MB RAM."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/installer.xml:249
+#: en/installer.xml:154
msgid "Dynamic partitions"
msgstr "Dynamiske partisjoner"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/installer.xml:251
+#: en/installer.xml:155
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you converted your hard disk from <emphasis role=\"bold\">basic</"
-"emphasis> format to <emphasis role=\"bold\">dynamic</emphasis> format in "
-"Microsoft Windows, then it is not possible to install Mageia on this disc. "
-"To revert to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href="
-"\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn."
-"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"If you converted your hard disk from <literal>Basic</literal> format to "
+"<literal>Dynamic</literal> format in Microsoft Windows, then it is not "
+"possible to install Mageia on this disc. To revert to a <literal>Basic</"
+"literal> disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn."
+"microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du konverterte harddisken fra <emphasis role=\"bold\"> grunnleggende </"
"emphasis> format til <emphasis role=\"bold\"> dynamisk </emphasis> -format i "
@@ -2576,18 +2748,15 @@ msgstr ""
"http://msdn.microsoft.com/ no / bibliotek / cc776315.aspx </link>."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:16
msgid "Updates"
msgstr "Oppdateringer"
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
-#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/installUpdates.xml:15
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
"align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2596,96 +2765,112 @@ msgstr ""
"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/installUpdates.xml:20
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
-"packages will have been updated or improved."
+"Since this version of Mageia was released, some packages will have been "
+"updated or improved."
msgstr ""
"Siden denne versjonen av <application>Mageia</application> ble utgitt, noen "
"pakker vil ha blitt oppdatert eller forbedret."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/installUpdates.xml:24
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:30
msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
-"select <guilabel>No</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"Select <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> if you wish to download and install them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Select <emphasis>No</emphasis> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
"aren't connected to the Internet"
msgstr ""
"Velg <guilabel>ja</guilabel> hvis du ønsker å laste ned og installere de, "
"Velg <guilabel>nei</guilabel> i hvis du ikke vil gjøre dette nå eller hvis "
"du ikke er koblet til internett."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/installUpdates.xml:29
-msgid "Press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:40
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue"
msgstr "Trykk på <guibutton> Neste </guibutton> for å fortsette"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/login.xml:1
-msgid "Login screen"
+#: en/login.xml:4
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Login Screen"
msgstr "Logg inn skjermbilde"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/login.xml:1
+#: en/login.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
-"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject><imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
"login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/></imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
-#: en/login.xml:1
-msgid "KDM login screen"
+#: en/login.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SDDM login screen"
msgstr "KDM logg inn skjermbilde"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/login.xml:1
-msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+#: en/login.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the desktop login screen."
msgstr "Til slutt kommer du til loginn skjermbildet."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/login.xml:1
+#: en/login.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
-"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
-"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+"yourself with a loaded KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop, depending on which live "
+"medium you used. You can now start using and enjoying your Mageia "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
"Skriv inn brukernavnet og passordet ditt, og om noen sekunder har du et "
"lastet KDE- eller GNOME-skrivebord, avhengig av hvilket livemedium du "
"brukte. Du kan nå begynne å bruke Mageia-installasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/login.xml:3
+#: en/login.xml:16
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+"You can find further documentation in <link xmlns:ns0=\"http://www.w3."
+"org/1999/xlink\" ns0:href=\"../../installer/\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
msgstr ""
"Du finner en annen del av dokumentasjonen på<link linkend=\"https://wiki."
"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\"> Mageia wiki</link>."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:3
-msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
-msgstr "Mediumvalg (Ikke fri)"
+#: en/media_selection.xml:10
+msgid "Nonfree Media"
+msgstr ""
#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created
#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. 2019.01.05 apb: Changed Ati to AMD in Nonfree para.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:15
+#: en/media_selection.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\" align="
-"\"center\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\"/> </"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\" align="
-"\"center\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:20
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
msgid ""
"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
@@ -2698,7 +2883,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i de neste trinnene."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:27
+#: en/media_selection.xml:37
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
"the base of the distribution."
@@ -2707,12 +2892,13 @@ msgstr ""
"inneholder kjernedistribusjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:32
+#: en/media_selection.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
-"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"nVidia and AMD graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
"cards, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> pakkebrønnen Inkluderer pakker som er gratis, "
@@ -2722,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"forskjellige WiFi-kort, etc."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/media_selection.xml:40
+#: en/media_selection.xml:50
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
@@ -2742,32 +2928,14 @@ msgid "Minimal Install"
msgstr "Minimal Installasjon"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan velge en Minimal Installasjon av avmarkere alt i pakkegruppen Valg "
-"skjermbildet, se <xref linkend =\"choosePackageGroups\" />."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Individual "
-"package selection</emphasis> option in the same screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis ønskelig, kan du også krysse av valgmuligheten <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
-"Individuelt pakkevalg </emphasis> i samme skjermbilde."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
#: en/minimal-install.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
-"<application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
-"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Individual package selection</emphasis> option mentioned "
-"above, to fine-tune your installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree"
-"\"/>."
+"Mageia, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use "
+"this option combined with the <emphasis>Individual package selection</"
+"emphasis> option to fine-tune your installation. See <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Minimal installasjon er beregnet for brukere med spesifik bruk for "
"<application> Mageia </application>, som for eksempel en server eller en "
@@ -2776,32 +2944,57 @@ msgstr ""
"er nevnt ovenfor, for å finjustere installasjonen din, se <xref linkend ="
"\"choosePackagesTree\" />."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a <emphasis>Minimal Installation</emphasis> by de-selecting "
+"everything in the <emphasis>Package Group Selection</emphasis> screen, see "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan velge en Minimal Installasjon av avmarkere alt i pakkegruppen Valg "
+"skjermbildet, se <xref linkend =\"choosePackageGroups\" />."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:28
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen will offer "
-"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis>Individual package "
+"selection</emphasis> option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis ønskelig, kan du også krysse av valgmuligheten <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
+"Individuelt pakkevalg </emphasis> i samme skjermbilde."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen (see "
+"screenshot below) will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as "
+"documentation and <quote>X</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du velger denne installasjonsmetoden, vil den aktuelle skjermen gi deg "
"noen nyttige ekstraelementer å installere, for eksempel dokumentasjon og X."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:26
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If <emphasis role=\"bold\">With X</emphasis> is chosen, then IceWM (a "
+"If the <emphasis>With X</emphasis> option is selected, then IceWM (a "
"lightweight desktop environment) will also be included."
msgstr ""
"Hvis <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Med X </emphasis> er valgt, vil IceWM (et lett "
"skrivebordsmiljø) også inkluderes."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages. It "
-"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
-"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
-"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
-"info pages."
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of <quote>man</quote> and "
+"<quote>info</quote> pages. It contains the man pages from the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</"
+"link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/"
+"manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info pages."
msgstr ""
"Den grunnleggende dokumentasjonen er gitt i form av \"man\" og info sider. "
"Den inneholder \"man\" sider fra <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
@@ -2810,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sider."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/minimal-install.xml:35
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:48
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align="
"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
@@ -2822,24 +3015,33 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
#: en/misc-params.xml:3
-msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
-msgstr "Sammendrag av diverse parametere"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Sett opp lyd"
#. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/09 apb: Changed title to Configuration Summary (as agreed). Also, text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles.
+#. 2018/02/23 apb: Updated dx2-summaryBottom.png
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style
+#. 2018/02/24 apb: Centre-align dx2-summaryTop.png
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:10
+#: en/misc-params.xml:19
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:15
+#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"DrakX presents a proposal for the configuration of your system depending on "
"the choices you made and on the hardware detected. You can check the "
-"settings here and change them if you want by pressing <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton>."
+"settings here and change them if you want by pressing <emphasis>Configure</"
+"emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"DrakX presenterer et forslag til konfigurasjon av systemet ditt, avhengig av "
"hvilke valg du har valgt og basert på maskinvaren som er funnet. Du kan "
@@ -2847,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<guibutton> Konfigurer </guibutton>."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:21
+#: en/misc-params.xml:30
msgid ""
"As a general rule, it is recommended that you accept the default settings "
"unless:"
@@ -2856,47 +3058,50 @@ msgstr ""
"unntak:"
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:24
+#: en/misc-params.xml:33
msgid "there are known issues with a default setting"
msgstr "det er kjente problemer med en standardinnstilling"
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:28
+#: en/misc-params.xml:37
msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails"
msgstr "standardinnstillingen er allerede prøvd, og den mislykktes"
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"some other factor mentionned in the detailed sections below is an issue."
+#: en/misc-params.xml:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "some other factor mentioned in the detailed sections below is an issue"
msgstr "om noe annet er nevnt i de detaljerte seksjonene nedenfor"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:40
+#: en/misc-params.xml:49
msgid "System parameters"
msgstr "Systemparametere"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:45
-msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Tidssone</guilabel>"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:54
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timezone</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:47
+#: en/misc-params.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"DrakX selects a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You "
+"DrakX selects a timezone for you, depending on your preferred language. You "
"can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
msgstr ""
"DrakX velger en tidssone for deg, basert på det språket du har valgt. Du kan "
"endre dette om nødvendig. Se også <xref linkend =\"configureTimezoneUTC\" />"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:53
-msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Land/ Region</guilabel>"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:62
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Country / Region</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:56
+#: en/misc-params.xml:64
msgid ""
"If the selected country is wrong, it is very important that you correct the "
"setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
@@ -2905,46 +3110,49 @@ msgstr ""
"innstillingen. Se <xref linkend =\"selectCountry\" />"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:62
-msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel>"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:64
-msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+#: en/misc-params.xml:72
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "DrakX proposal for the bootloader setting"
msgstr "DrakX har gjort bra valg for oppstartslaster parametrene"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:67
-msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2. For more "
+"information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
msgstr "Ikke gjør endringer hvis du ikke vet hvordan du konfigurerer Grub2"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:70
-msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:75
-msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Brukeradministrasjon</guilabel>"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User management</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:78
+#: en/misc-params.xml:85
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
-"literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each be allocated their own "
+"<filename>/home</filename> directories."
msgstr ""
"Her kan du kan legge til flere brukere. De vil få sine egne <literal>/home, "
"hjemme</literal> områder."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:84
-msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Tjenester</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:91
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:86
+#: en/misc-params.xml:93
msgid ""
"System services refer to those small programs which run in the background "
"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain processes."
@@ -2954,31 +3162,29 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgaver."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:90
+#: en/misc-params.xml:97
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
-"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly. For more information, see "
+"<xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Du bør sjekke nøye før du endrer noe her - en feil kan forhindre at "
"datamaskinen din fungerer som den skal."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:94
-msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:101
+#: en/misc-params.xml:106
msgid "Hardware parameters"
msgstr "Maskinvare-parametre"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:106
-msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:111
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keyboard</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:108
+#: en/misc-params.xml:113
msgid ""
"Configure your keyboard layout according to your location, language and type "
"of keyboard."
@@ -2987,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"avhenger av plasseringen, språket eller typen tastatur."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:113
+#: en/misc-params.xml:118
msgid ""
"If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind "
"that your passwords are going to change too."
@@ -2996,50 +3202,54 @@ msgstr ""
"avhenger av plassering, språk eller tastaturtype."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:119
-msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mouse</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:121
+#: en/misc-params.xml:126
msgid ""
"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
"etc."
msgstr "Her kan du legge til, konfigurere andre pekenheter."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:126
-msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>lydkort</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sound card</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:129
+#: en/misc-params.xml:133
+msgid "The installer will use the default driver if one is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:136 en/soundConfig.xml:46
msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver - if there is a default one. The "
-"option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than "
-"one driver for your card, but where none of them is the default one."
+"If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other "
+"possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case, "
+"but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you "
+"can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver."
msgstr ""
-"Installasjonsprogrammet bruker en standarddriverdersom en slik finnes. "
-"Alternativet for å velge en annen driver blir bare gitt når det er mer enn "
-"én driver for kortet ditt, men ingen av dem er satt som standard."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:137
-msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:144
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical interface</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafisk Miljø</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:140
-msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+#: en/misc-params.xml:146
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"This section allows you to configure your graphics card(s) and displays. For "
+"more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>"
msgstr "Denne seksjonen lar deg konfigurere grafikkkort og skjermer."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:143
-msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:149
+#: en/misc-params.xml:155
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align="
"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -3048,21 +3258,23 @@ msgstr ""
"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:157
+#: en/misc-params.xml:163
msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
msgstr "Nettverk og internettparametre"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:163
-msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nettverk</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:169
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:165
+#: en/misc-params.xml:171
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
-"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the <application>Mageia "
-"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the Mageia Control "
+"Center, if you have not yet enabled the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> media "
"repositories."
msgstr ""
"Du kan konfigurere nettverket ditt her, men for nettverkskort med non-free "
@@ -3071,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr ""
"media pakkebrønnene."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:172
+#: en/misc-params.xml:178
msgid ""
"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to monitor "
"that interface as well."
@@ -3080,15 +3292,17 @@ msgstr ""
"brannmuren til å overvåke dette grensesnittet også."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:179
-msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Proxier</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:185
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Proxies</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:181
+#: en/misc-params.xml:187
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
-"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"Internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
"proxy service."
msgstr ""
"En proxy-server fungerer som mellomledd mellom datamaskinen og det bredere "
@@ -3096,66 +3310,73 @@ msgstr ""
"tjeneste."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:186
+#: en/misc-params.xml:192
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
-"need to enter here."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to obtain the parameters "
+"you need to enter here."
msgstr ""
"Du må kanskje konsultere systemadministratoren for å få parameterne du skal "
"skrive inn her"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:195
+#: en/misc-params.xml:201
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Sikkerhet"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:200
-msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sikkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Level</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:203
+#: en/misc-params.xml:208
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
-"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"The Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting "
+"(Standard) is adequate for general use. Select the option which best suits "
+"your usage."
msgstr ""
"Her angir du sikkerhetsnivået for datamaskinen, i de fleste tilfeller er "
"standardinnstillingen (Standard) tilstrekkelig til generell bruk."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:207
-msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Marker det alternativet som best passer dine behov."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:212
-msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Brannmur</guilabel>:"
+#: en/misc-params.xml:215
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Firewall</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:214
+#: en/misc-params.xml:217
msgid ""
-"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
-"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+"The firewall allows you to manage which network connections are allowed on "
+"your computer. The safe and secure default is to allow ZERO inbound "
+"connections. This does not stop you connecting outbound and using your "
+"computer normally."
msgstr ""
-"En brannmur er ment å være en barriere mellom viktige data og kjeltringer "
-"der ute på internett som ville kompromittere eller stjele dine data."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:218
+#: en/misc-params.xml:223
msgid ""
-"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
-"selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
-"information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+"Please be aware that the Internet is a high risk network where there are "
+"continuous attempts to probe and attack systems. Even seemingly <quote>safe</"
+"quote> connections such as ICMP (for ping) have been used as covert data "
+"channels for exfiltrating data by malicious persons."
msgstr ""
-"Velg de tjenestene du vil ha på systemet ditt. Dine valg vil avhenge av hva "
-"du bruker datamaskinen til. For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"firewall"
-"\"/>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:229
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/misc-params.xml:224
-msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+#: en/misc-params.xml:232
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Bear in mind that allowing <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (no firewall) may "
+"be very risky."
msgstr "Husk at å tillate alt (ingen brannmur) kan være veldig risikabelt."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3164,36 +3385,51 @@ msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Start på nytt"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/reboot.xml:6
+#: en/reboot.xml:7
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
-"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer, click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Finish</guibutton></emphasis> and act as "
-"asked<emphasis role=\"bold\"> in this order!</emphasis>"
+"computer, remove the live DVD/USB stick and restart the computer."
msgstr ""
"Når oppstartslasteren er installert, blir du bedt om å stoppe datamaskinen, "
"fjerne live-CDen og starte datamaskinen på nytt, klikk på <emphasis role="
"\"bold\"><guibutton>Avslutt</guibutton></emphasis> og gjør som du blir bedt "
"om<emphasis role=\"bold\"> i denne rekkefølgen</emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that you follow these shut-down and restart instruction steps in the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">same</emphasis> order."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/reboot.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/reboot.xml:12
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/reboot.xml:15
+#. type: Content of: <section><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:16
+msgid "When you are ready, press <emphasis>Finish</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><simpara>
+#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These "
-"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see Software "
-"management)."
+"indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see "
+"<emphasis>Software Management</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""
"Når du starter på nytt, ser du en rekke nedlastingsfremdriftsfelt. Disse "
"indikerer at programvarelistelistene lastes ned (se "
"Programvareadministrasjon)."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/reboot.xml:17
+#: en/reboot.xml:19
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -3222,35 +3458,43 @@ msgstr ""
"plass for å installere. <application>Mageia</application>."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:3
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:10
msgid "Security Level"
msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå"
#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#. 2018/02/12 apb: Minor wording.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:11
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\" align="
-"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\" align="
-"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:16
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:26
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Please choose the desired security level</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Vennligst velg ønsket sikkerhetsnivå </emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended setting for "
+"the average user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended "
-"setting for the average user. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Secure</emphasis> "
-"setting will create a highly protected system - for instance if the system "
-"is to be used as a public server."
+"<emphasis>Secure</emphasis> will create a highly protected system - for "
+"instance if the system is to be used as a public server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Standard </emphasis> gir standard og anbefalte "
"innstillinger for den gjennomsnittlige brukeren. Innstillingen <emphasis "
@@ -3258,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr ""
"eksempel hvis systemet skal brukes som en offentlig server."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:36
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Administrator</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Sikkerhetsadministrator </emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:26
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:38
msgid ""
"This item allows you to configure an email address to which the system will "
"send <emphasis>security alert messages</emphasis> when it detects situations "
@@ -3274,17 +3518,18 @@ msgstr ""
"situasjoner som krever varsling til en systemadministrator."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:31
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter &lt;user>@localhost - "
-"where &lt;user> is the login name of the user to receive these messages."
+"A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter &lt;user&gt;@localhost - "
+"where &lt;user&gt; is the login name of the user to receive these messages."
msgstr ""
"Et godt valg som er lett å implementere er å legge inn &lt; user> @localhost "
"- hvor &lt; user> er brukernavnet til brukeren som skal motta disse "
"meldingene."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:36
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:48
msgid ""
"The system sends such messages as <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool "
"messages</emphasis>, not as \"ordinary\" SMTP mail: this user must therefore "
@@ -3295,27 +3540,28 @@ msgstr ""
"derfor konfigureres for å motta slike meldinger!"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/securityLevel.xml:41
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:53
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
-"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Center."
+"It will always be possible to adjust your security settings post-install in "
+"the <emphasis>Security</emphasis> section of the Mageia Control Center."
msgstr ""
"Etter installasjonen vil det alltid være mulig å justere "
"sikkerhetsinnstillingene med <guilabel> Sikkerhet </guilabel> i Mageia "
"Control Center."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:6
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
msgid "Select and use ISOs"
msgstr "Velg og bruk ISOer"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduksjon"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:10
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:19
msgid ""
"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
"which image best suits your needs."
@@ -3324,16 +3570,19 @@ msgstr ""
"hvilket bilde som passer dine behov."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12
-msgid "There are two families of media:"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "There are three types of installation media:"
msgstr "Det er to typer media:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Classical installer: Booting with this media provides you with the maximum "
-"flexibility when choosing what to install, and for configuring your system. "
-"In particular, you have a choice of which Desktop environment to install"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Classical installer:</emphasis> Booting with this "
+"media provides you with the maximum flexibility when choosing what to "
+"install, and for configuring your system. In particular, you have a choice "
+"of which Desktop environment to install."
msgstr ""
"Klassisk installasjon: Etter å ha startet mediet, følger det en prosess som "
"gjør det mulig å velge hva du skal installere og hvordan du konfigurerer "
@@ -3342,46 +3591,95 @@ msgstr ""
"installere."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"LIVE media: This option allows you to try out Mageia without having to "
-"actually install it, or make any changes to your computer. If the "
-"installation is decided, the process is simpler, but you get fewer choices "
-"than offered by the Classical installer"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LIVE media:</emphasis> This option allows you to try "
+"out Mageia without having to actually install it, or make any changes to "
+"your computer. However, the Live media also includes an Installer, which can "
+"be started when booting the media, or after booting into the Live operating "
+"system itself."
msgstr ""
"LIVE media: Dette alternativet lar deg prøve ut Mageia uten å måtte "
"installere det, eller gjøre endringer på datamaskinen din. Hvis du bestemmer "
"deg for installasjon blir prosessen enklere, men du får færre valg enn det "
"som tilbys av den klassiske installasjonen."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"The Live Installer is simpler compared to the Classical Installer - but you "
+"have fewer configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Live ISOs can only be used to create <quote>clean</quote> installations, "
+"they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia releases."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-er kan bare brukes til å lage rene "
+"installasjoner, de kan ikke brukes til å oppgradere fra tidligere utgivelser."
+"</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Net Install</emphasis>: These are minimal ISO's "
+"containing no more than that which is needed to start the DrakX installer "
+"and find <literal>DrakX-installer-stage2</literal> and other packages that "
+"are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on "
+"the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse er minimale ISO-er som ikke inneholder mer enn det som trengs for å "
+"starte drakxinstallereren og finne drakx-installerer-scene2 og andre pakker "
+"som trengs for å fortsette for å fullføre installasjonen. Disse pakkene kan "
+"være på PC-harddisken, på en lokal stasjon, på et lokalt nettverk eller på "
+"Internett."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a "
+"DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Disse mediene er svært lette (mindre enn 100 MB) og er praktiske hvis "
+"båndbredden er for lav til å laste ned en full DVD, eller hvis du har en PC "
+"uten DVD-stasjon eller som ikke kan starte fra en USB-pinne."
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:27
-msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "More details are given in the next sections."
msgstr "Detaljer finnes i de neste seksjonene."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:30
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:61
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:63
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definisjon"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
-"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support (DVD, USB "
-"stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to."
+"install and/or update Mageia and, by extension, any physical medium (DVD, "
+"USB stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to."
msgstr ""
"Her er et medium (flertall: media) en ISO-bildefil som gjør at du kan "
"installere og / eller oppdatere Mageia, og i tillegg til enhver fysisk "
"støtte som ISO-filen er kopiert til."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:36
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:67
msgid ""
"You can find Mageia ISO's <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
"downloads/\">here</link>."
@@ -3390,223 +3688,206 @@ msgstr ""
"link>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70
msgid "Classical installation media"
msgstr "Klassisk installasjonsmedia"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:71
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:72 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:104
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171
msgid "Common features"
msgstr "Felles egenskaper"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:44
-msgid "These ISOs use the Classical installer called drakx."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "These ISOs use the Classical installer called DrakX"
msgstr "Disse ISOene bruker den tradisjonelle installereren, DrakX."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:78
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"They are used for performing clean installs or to upgrade a previously "
-"installed version of Mageia."
+"installed version of Mageia"
msgstr ""
"De kan enten gjøre en ny installasjon eller oppgradere fra en tidligere "
"versjon."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:51 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:83
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:158
-msgid "Different media for 32 and 64 bit architectures."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures"
msgstr "Forskjellige media for 32 eller 64 biters arkitektur."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:85
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
-"Hardware Detection Tool."
+"Some tools are available in the Installer <quote>Welcome</quote> screen: "
+"<emphasis>Rescue System, Memory Test, </emphasis>and <emphasis>Hardware "
+"Detection Tool</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Noen verktøy er tilgjengelige på velkomstskjermen: Rescue System, Minne "
"Test, Hardware Detection Tool."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:58
-msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages"
msgstr "Hver DVD inneholder mange tilgjengelige skrivebordsmiljøer og språk."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:95
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non-free software"
msgstr "Under installasjonen kan du velge å legge til ikke fri programvare"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
msgid "Live media"
msgstr "Live media"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:74
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Can be used to preview the Mageia operating system without having to install "
-"it. Can also be used to install Mageia if you wish."
+"it"
msgstr ""
"Kan brukes til å forhåndsvise Mageia-operativsystemet uten å måtte "
"installere det. Kan også brukes til å installere Mageia hvis du ønsker det."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79
-msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
+msgid "The Live media also includes an Installer."
msgstr ""
-"Hver ISO inneholder kune et skrivebordsmiljø (Plasma, GNOME eller Xfce)."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)"
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-er kan bare brukes til å lage rene "
-"installasjoner, de kan ikke brukes til å oppgradere fra tidligere utgivelser."
-"</emphasis>"
+"Hver ISO inneholder kune et skrivebordsmiljø (Plasma, GNOME eller Xfce)."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91
-msgid "They contain non free software."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:121
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "They contain non-free software"
msgstr "De inneholder ikke fri programvare"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126
msgid "Live DVD Plasma"
msgstr "Live DVD Plasma"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:99
-msgid "Plasma desktop environment only."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Plasma desktop environment only"
msgstr "Kun Plasma desktop."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:116
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:130
-msgid "All available languages are present."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "All available languages are present"
msgstr "Alle språk er tilgjengelige"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:105
-msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "64-bit architecture only"
msgstr "Kun 64 bits arkitektur."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:110
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:113
-msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:143
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only"
msgstr "Kun GNOME desktop."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119
-msgid "64 bit architecture only"
-msgstr "Kun 64 bits arkitektur."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154
msgid "Live DVD Xfce"
msgstr "Live DVD Xfce"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127
-msgid "Xfce desktop environment only."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Xfce desktop environment only"
msgstr "Kun Xfce desktop."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:133
-msgid "32 or 64 bit architectures."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "32 or 64-bit architectures"
msgstr "32 eller 64 bits arkitektur."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:139
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:169
msgid "Net install media"
msgstr "Nettverksinstallasjons media"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:144
-msgid ""
-"These are minimal ISO's containing no more than that which is needed to "
-"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
-"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
-"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse er minimale ISO-er som ikke inneholder mer enn det som trengs for å "
-"starte drakxinstallereren og finne drakx-installerer-scene2 og andre pakker "
-"som trengs for å fortsette for å fullføre installasjonen. Disse pakkene kan "
-"være på PC-harddisken, på en lokal stasjon, på et lokalt nettverk eller på "
-"Internett."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152
-msgid ""
-"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a "
-"DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick."
-msgstr ""
-"Disse mediene er svært lette (mindre enn 100 MB) og er praktiske hvis "
-"båndbredden er for lav til å laste ned en full DVD, eller hvis du har en PC "
-"uten DVD-stasjon eller som ikke kan starte fra en USB-pinne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:161
-msgid "First steps are English language only."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "First steps are English language only"
msgstr "De Første trinnene er kun engelskspråklige."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:166
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182
msgid "netinstall.iso"
msgstr "netinstall.iso"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:169
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Contains only free software, for those people who prefer not to use non-free "
-"software."
+"Contains only free software, for those who prefer to not use non-free "
+"software"
msgstr ""
"Inneholder bare fri programvare for de som ikke vil bruke ikke fri "
"programvare"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:175
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:194
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
-"it."
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for those who need it"
msgstr ""
"Inneholder ikke-fri programvare (mest drivere og multimedia kodekser) for de "
"som har behov for det."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:202
msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
msgstr "Laster ned og kontrollerer media."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Laster ned"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:205
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
"BitTorrent. In both cases, you are provided with some information, such as "
-"the mirror in use and an option to switch if the bandwidth is too low. If "
-"http is chosen, you will also see something regarding checksums."
+"the mirror in use and an option to switch to an alternative if the bandwidth "
+"is too low."
msgstr ""
"Når du har valgt ISO-filen, kan du laste den ned med enten http eller "
"BitTorrent. I begge tilfeller er du utstyrt med viss informasjon, for "
@@ -3614,46 +3895,63 @@ msgstr ""
"båndbredden er for lav. Hvis http er valgt, vil du også se info om "
"sjekksummen."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"If http is chosen you will also see some information regarding checksums."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<literal>md5sum</literal>, <literal>sha1sum</literal> and "
+"<literal>sha512sum</literal> (the most secure) are tools to check the ISO "
+"integrity. Copy one of the checksums (string of alphanumeric characters) for "
+"use in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:195
-msgid ""
-"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Choose one or the "
-"other, and copy the checksum <link linkend=\"integrity\">for later use</"
-"link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222
+msgid "In the meantime, a window to download the actual ISO will open:"
msgstr ""
-"md5sum og sha1sum er verktøy for å kontrollere ISO-integriteten. Bruk bare "
-"en av dem. Behold en av dem <link linkend=\"integrity\">for ytterligere "
-"bruk</link>. Så åpnes et vindu likt dette:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
-msgid "Select the Save File option, then, click OK."
-msgstr "Velg Lagre fil alternativet, og klikk deretter OK."
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Click on <emphasis>Save File</emphasis>, then click <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:233
msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media"
msgstr "Kontrollerer integriteten til det nedlastede mediet"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:208
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The checksums referred to earlier, are digital fingerprints generated by an "
"algorithm from the file to be downloaded. You may compare the checksum of "
"your downloaded ISO against that of the original source ISO. If the "
"checksums do not match, it means that the actual data on the ISO's do not "
-"match, and if it is the case, then you should retry the download or attempt "
-"a repair using BitTorrent."
+"match, and if that is the case, then you should retry the download or "
+"attempt a repair using BitTorrent."
msgstr ""
"Kontrollsummene som det er referert til tidligere, er digitale fingeravtrykk "
"generert av en algoritme fra filen som skal lastes ned. Du kan sammenligne "
@@ -3663,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nytt eller forsøke å reparere ved hjelp av BitTorrent."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
msgid ""
"To generate the checksum for your downloaded ISO, open a console, (no need "
"to be root), and:"
@@ -3672,71 +3970,87 @@ msgstr ""
"(du trenger ikke å være rot), og:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To use md5sum, type: <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
-"userinput>."
+"To use the md5sum, type: <command>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</command>"
msgstr ""
"For å bruke md5sum, skriv: <userinput> md5sum sti / til / bilde / fil.iso </"
"userinput>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To use sha1sum, type: <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
-"userinput>"
+"To use the sha1sum, type: <command>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
+"command>"
+msgstr ""
+"For å bruke sha1sum, skriv: <userinput> sha1sum sti / til / bilde / fil.iso "
+"</userinput>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To use the sha512sum, type: <command>sha512sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</"
+"command>"
msgstr ""
"For å bruke sha1sum, skriv: <userinput> sha1sum sti / til / bilde / fil.iso "
"</userinput>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:226
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
msgid "Example:"
msgstr "Eksempel:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Md5sum.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:265
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"and compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the checksum "
-"provided by Mageia."
+"then compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the ISO "
+"checksum provided by Mageia."
msgstr ""
"og sammenlign det oppnådde nummeret på datamaskinen din (du må kanskje vente "
"en stund) med nummeret gitt av Mageia."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:237
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:270
msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
msgstr "Brenn eller dump ISOen"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
-"This is not a standard copy operation as a bootable medium will actually be "
-"created."
+"The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or <quote>dumped</quote> to a "
+"USB stick. This is not a standard copy operation, as a bootable medium will "
+"actually be created."
msgstr ""
"Den verifiserte ISOen kan nå brennes til en CD eller DVD eller dumpes til en "
"USB-pinne. Disse operasjonene er ikke en filkopiering, men tar sikte på å "
"lage et oppstartbart medium."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275
msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
msgstr "Brenner ISO til en CD/DVD"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">image</emphasis> is used, burn <emphasis role=\"bold\">data</"
-"emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> is not correct. See "
-"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the "
-"Mageia wiki</link> for more information."
+"Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an<emphasis> "
+"image</emphasis> is used. Burn <emphasis>data</emphasis> or <emphasis>files</"
+"emphasis> is NOT correct. See the <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Uansett hvilken programvare du bruker, sørg for at alternativet for å brenne "
"et <emphasis role=\"bold\"> bilde </emphasis> brukes. Brenne <emphasis role="
@@ -3745,46 +4059,54 @@ msgstr ""
"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\"> Mageia wiki </link> for mer informasjon."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282
msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
msgstr "Dumper ISOen til en USB disk"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
-"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can dump them to a USB stick "
+"and then use that to boot and install the system."
msgstr ""
"Alle Mageia ISO-er er hybrider, noe som betyr at du kan \"dumpe\" dem til en "
"USB-pinne og deretter bruke den til å starte og installere systemet."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:286
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"\"Dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
-"on the device; any existing data will be lost and the partition capacity "
-"will be reduced to the image size."
+"Dumping an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on "
+"the device and all existing data will be lost."
msgstr ""
"\"Dumpe\" et bilde på en flash-enhet ødelegger det tidligere filsystemet på "
"enheten; eventuelle andre data vil gå tapt og partisjonskapasiteten blir "
"redusert til bildestørrelsen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"Also, the only partition on the flash device will then just be the Mageia "
+"ISO partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
msgid ""
-"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
-"the USB stick."
+"So, if an ISO of about 4GB is written to an 8GB USB stick, the stick will "
+"then only show up as 4GB. This is because the remaining 4GB is no longer "
+"formatted - hence not currently available for use. To recover the original "
+"capacity, you must reformat and repartition the USB stick."
msgstr ""
-"For å gjenopprette den opprinnelige kapasiteten, må du gjenta partisjonering "
-"og omformater USB-pinnen."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
msgstr "Bruker et grafisk verktøy inne i Mageia"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:300
msgid ""
"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
@@ -3793,26 +4115,27 @@ msgstr ""
"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303
msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
msgstr "Bruker et grafisk verktøy i Windows"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304
msgid "You could try:"
msgstr "Du kan prøve:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:267
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:307
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using the "
-"\"ISO image\" option;"
+"\"ISO image\" option"
msgstr ""
"<link ns4:href =\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\"> Rufus </link> ved "
"hjelp av \"ISO image\" -alternativet;"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311
msgid ""
"<link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
"Disk Imager</link>"
@@ -3821,12 +4144,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Disk Imager</link>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:277
-msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
msgstr "Å bruke kommandolinje i et GNU/Linux system"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:279
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319
msgid ""
"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk overwriting "
"potentially valuable existing data if you specify the wrong target device."
@@ -3836,59 +4160,70 @@ msgstr ""
"måldisk."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325
msgid "Open a console"
msgstr "Åpne et konsollsvindu"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:288
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Become a root (Administrator) user with the command <userinput>su -</"
-"userinput> (don't forget the final '-' )"
+"Become a <emphasis>root</emphasis> (Administrator) user with the command "
+"<command>su -</command> (don't forget the <command>-</command> )"
msgstr ""
"Bli root (Administrator) med kommandoen <userinput>su -</userinput> (ikke "
"glem '-' på slutten)"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:338
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Plug in your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
-"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+"Plug in your USB stick - but do not mount it (this also means do not open "
+"any application or file manager that could access or read it)"
msgstr ""
"Plugg inn USB-pinnen din (ikke monter den, det betyr også ikke å åpne et "
"program eller en filbehandling som kan få tilgang til eller lese den)"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:302
-msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enter the command <command>fdisk -l</command>"
msgstr "Skriv inn komandoen <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Fdisk.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:310
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
-"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is an 8GB USB stick."
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example "
+"<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in the screenshot above, is an 8GB USB stick."
msgstr ""
"Finn enhetsnavnet til USB-pinnen (fra størrelsen), for eksempel <code>/dev/"
"sdb</code>. I skjermebildet ovenfor er det en 8GB USB pinne."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:312
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
-"code>: towards the end of this example, you can see the device name starting "
-"with <emphasis>sd</emphasis>, and in this case, <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> is "
-"the actual device. You can also see that its size is 2GB:"
+"Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command <command>dmesg</"
+"command>. Towards the end of the following example, you can see the device "
+"name starting with <filename>sd</filename>, and in this case, <filename>sdd</"
+"filename> is the actual device. You can also see that its size is 2GB:"
msgstr ""
"Alternativt kan du finne enhetsnavnet med kommandoen <code> dmesg </code>. "
"Mot slutten av dette eksemplet kan du se enhetens navn som starter med "
@@ -3896,7 +4231,7 @@ msgstr ""
"er selve enheten. Du kan også se at størrelsen er 2 GB:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><screen>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
@@ -3938,40 +4273,47 @@ msgstr ""
"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360
msgid "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:380
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Enter the command: <emphasis role=\"bold\"># <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/"
-"ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput></emphasis>"
+"Enter the command: <command>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/"
+"sd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=1M</command>"
msgstr ""
"Skriv inn kommandoen: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> # <userinput> dd if =path / "
"to / the / ISO / file of =/ dev / sdX bs =1M </userinput> </emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340
-msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdd"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Where <replaceable>X</replaceable>=your device name eg: <filename>/dev/sdd</"
+"filename>"
msgstr "Hvor X=enhetsnavnet feks: /dev/sdd"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Example:<emphasis role=\"bold\"> # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/"
-"Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdd bs=1M</userinput></emphasis>"
+"Example:<literal> dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/"
+"sdd bs=1M</literal>"
msgstr ""
"Eksempel:<emphasis role=\"bold\"> # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/"
"Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdd bs=1M</userinput></emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><tip><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:388
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It might helpful to know that <emphasis role=\"bold\">if</emphasis> stands "
-"for <emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</"
-"emphasis>ile and <emphasis role=\"bold\">of</emphasis> stands for <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</emphasis>ile"
+"It might be helpful to know that <emphasis role=\"bold\">if</emphasis> "
+"stands for <emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">f</emphasis>ile and <emphasis role=\"bold\">of</emphasis> stands for "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</"
+"emphasis>ile"
msgstr ""
"Det kan være nyttig å vite at <emphasis role=\"bold\"> hvis </emphasis> står "
"for <emphasis role=\"bold\"> i </emphasis> nput <emphasis role=\"fet\"> f </"
@@ -3980,12 +4322,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ile"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:349
-msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enter the command: <command>sync</command>"
msgstr "Skriv inn kommandoen: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:395
msgid "This is the end of the process, and you may now unplug your USB stick."
msgstr "Dette er slutten på prosessen, og du kan nå koble fra USB-pinnen din."
@@ -3995,8 +4338,10 @@ msgid "Select your Country / Region"
msgstr "Velg Land/Region"
#. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor wording + typography.
+#. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel to this section. b) make some text bulleted.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:9
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:13
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
@@ -4004,33 +4349,35 @@ msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align="
"\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:14
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
-"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+"can lead to being unable to use a Wireless network."
msgstr ""
"Velg ditt land eller din region. Dette er viktig for alle typer "
"innstillinger, som valuta og trådløst regulatorisk domene. Hvis du angir "
"feil land, kan det føre til at du ikke kan bruke et trådløst nettverk."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:19
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:27
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
-"guilabel> option and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <emphasis>Other Countries</"
+"emphasis> option and choose your country / region there."
msgstr ""
"Hvis landet ditt ikke er listet, klikk på <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> "
"knappen og velg landet ditt eller regionen der."
#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:24
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:34
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
-"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem that a country from the "
-"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, as DrakX will apply your actual "
-"choice."
+"If your country is only in the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> list, "
+"after clicking <emphasis>OK</emphasis> it may seem that a country from the "
+"main list was chosen. Despite this, DrakX will actually apply your choice."
msgstr ""
"Hvis landet ditt bare er i <guilabel>Andre land</guilabel> listen, etter at "
"du har klikket <guibutton>OK</guibutton> kan det se ut som om et land fra "
@@ -4038,14 +4385,15 @@ msgstr ""
"valg.."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:33
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:42
msgid "Input method"
msgstr "Innput metode"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:36
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"In the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> screen you can also select an "
"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
"default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. "
@@ -4061,12 +4409,13 @@ msgstr ""
"pakkevalg."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/selectCountry.xml:45
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:54
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
-"after you boot your installed system via <emphasis role=\"bold\">Configure "
-"your Computer</emphasis> -> <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>, or by "
-"running localedrake as root."
+"post-install via <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configure your Computer</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or by running "
+"<command>localedrake</command> as <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du har gått glipp av oppsettet for innstillingsmetoden under "
"installasjonen, kan du få tilgang til det etter at du har startet det "
@@ -4075,57 +4424,64 @@ msgstr ""
"localedrake som root."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:14
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:29
msgid "Install or Upgrade"
msgstr "Installer eller Oppgrader"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:18
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"selectInstallClass.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
"selectInstallClass.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
-msgid "Install"
-msgstr "Installer"
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Use this option to perform a fresh installation of <application>Mageia</"
-"application>. This will format the root partition (/), but can preserve a "
-"separated /home partition."
+"Use this option to perform a fresh installation of Mageia. This will format "
+"the <literal>root</literal> partition (<filename>/</filename>), but can "
+"preserve a pre-existing <filename>/home</filename> partition (a dedicated /"
+"home partition, rather than being incorporated within the root (/) partition "
+"itself)."
msgstr ""
"Bruk dette alternativet til å gøre en fersk installasjon av <application> "
"Mageia </application>. Dette vil formatere rotpartisjonen (/), men kan "
"bevare en separert / hjemmepartisjon."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:33
-msgid "Upgrade"
-msgstr "Oppgrader"
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"This can be used to upgrade an existing installation of <application>Mageia</"
-"application>."
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use this option to upgrade an existing installation of Mageia."
msgstr ""
"Dette kan brukes til å oppgradere en eksisterende installasjon av "
"<application> Mageia </application>."
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:58
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
-"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"supported</emphasis> when this Installer's version was released, has been "
"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that has reached "
-"its End Of Life, then it is better to do a clean install instead while "
-"preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"its <quote>End Of Life</quote> then it is better to do a <quote>clean</"
+"quote> install instead, while preserving your <filename>/home</filename> "
+"partition."
msgstr ""
"Bare oppgradering fra en tidligere Mageia-versjon som var <emphasis>still "
"supported</emphasis> da denne installatørens versjon ble utgitt, har blitt "
@@ -4133,35 +4489,15 @@ msgstr ""
"nådd \tEndOf Life når denne ble utgitt, er det bedre å gjøre en ren "
"installasjon mens du beholder din <literal>/home</literal> partisjon."
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
-"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
-"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that, and only if you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing <guilabel>Alt "
-"Ctrl F2</guilabel> simultaneously. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe installasjonen, er "
-"det mulig å starte på nytt, men vær så snill å tenke to ganger før du gjør "
-"dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer har begynt å bli "
-"installert, er ikke datamaskinen din i samme tilstand lenger, og omstart av "
-"det kan gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross for det er veldig "
-"sikker på omstart, er det du vil, gå til en tekstterminal ved å trykke på de "
-"tre tastene <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> samtidig. Etter det "
-"trykk<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> samtidig for omstart"
-
#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:62
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
-"can return from the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install or Upgrade</emphasis> "
-"screen to the language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</"
-"guilabel> simultaneously. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not</emphasis> do this "
-"later in the install."
+"can return from the <emphasis>Install or Upgrade</emphasis> screen to the "
+"language choice screen by pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Home</keycap> </keycombo>. Do<emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> NOT</emphasis> do this later in the install."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du har oppdaget at du har glemt å velge et ekstra språk, kan du "
"returnere fra skjermbildet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Installer eller "
@@ -4170,38 +4506,41 @@ msgstr ""
"gjør dette senere i installasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
-msgid "Select keyboard"
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select Keyboard"
msgstr "Velg tastatur"
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:18
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:24
+msgid "Here you can set the keyboard layout you wish to use with Mageia​​."
+msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:27
msgid ""
-"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
-"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
-"previously selected."
+"A suggested keyboard layout (highlighted), has been chosen for you based "
+"upon your previously selected language and timezone choices."
msgstr ""
-"Du må sette tastaturoppsettet du vil bruke i Mageia. Standardinnstillingen "
-"er valgt i henhold til ditt valgte språk og tidssone."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:7
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:20
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Tastatur"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:10
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:23
msgid ""
"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
@@ -4210,16 +4549,17 @@ msgstr ""
"passende tastatur, vil amerikansk tastaturlayout bli satt som standard."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:15
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:28
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"/"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
"> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"/"
-"> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"selectInstallClass.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:35
msgid ""
"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
@@ -4236,22 +4576,24 @@ msgstr ""
"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:31
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
-"guibutton> to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <emphasis>More</emphasis> "
+"to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there."
msgstr ""
"Hvis tastaturet ikke vises i listen, så klikker du på <guibutton> Mer </"
"guibutton> for å få en mer utfullende liste, og velg tastaturet der."
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:36
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
-"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this and "
-"continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will be "
-"applied."
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <emphasis>More</emphasis> dialogue, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialogue and it will seem as "
+"though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this "
+"and continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will "
+"be applied."
msgstr ""
"Etter at du har valgt et tastatur fra dialogboksen <guibutton> Mer </"
"guibutton>, går du tilbake til dialogboksen for første tastaturvalg, og det "
@@ -4260,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"listen vil bli brukt."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:46
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:60
msgid ""
"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
"extra dialogue screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the "
@@ -4271,36 +4613,39 @@ msgstr ""
"latinske tastaturoppsett"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:34
msgid "Please choose a language to use"
msgstr "Velg språk"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
-"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
-"the installation and for your installed system."
+"continent. Mageia will use this selection during the installation and for "
+"your installed system."
msgstr ""
"Velg ditt foretrukne språk ved å først utvide listen for kontinentet ditt.. "
"<application>Mageia</application> vil bruke dette valget under "
"installasjonen og for det installerte systemet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:45
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Select your preferred language. <application>Mageia</application> will use "
-"this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
+"Select your preferred language. Mageia will use this selection during the "
+"installation and for your installed system."
msgstr ""
"Velg ditt foretrukne språk. <application>Mageia</application> vil bruke "
"dette valget under installasjonen og for det installerte systemet."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:27
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If it is likely that you (or others) will require several languages to be "
-"installed on your system, then you should use the <guibutton>Multiple "
-"languages</guibutton> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add "
+"installed on your system, then you should use the <emphasis>Multiple "
+"languages</emphasis> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add "
"extra language support after installation."
msgstr ""
"Hvis det er sannsynlig at du vil trenge flere språk installert på systemet "
@@ -4309,65 +4654,68 @@ msgstr ""
"legge til ekstra språkstøtte etter installasjon."
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:33
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:58
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-language.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref="
"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:43
+#. type: Content of: <section><important><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:68
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one as your "
-"preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be marked as "
-"chosen in the multiple languages screen."
+"preferred language from the main list of languages. It will also be marked "
+"as chosen in the <emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen."
msgstr ""
"Selv om du velger mer enn ett språk, må du først velge et av dem som ditt "
"foretrukne språk på førstespråk skjermen. Det vil også bli merket som valgt "
"på skjermbildet for flere språk."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:50
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:76
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
-"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+"it is advisable to install the required language for your keyboard as well"
msgstr ""
"Hvis tastaturspråket ikke er det samme som ditt foretrukne språk, er det "
"tilrådelig å installere språket til tastaturet ditt også."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:56
-msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
-msgstr "Mageia bruker UTF-8 (Unicode) som standard."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:58
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:82
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This may be disabled in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiple languages</"
-"emphasis> screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your language. "
-"Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
+"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
+"<emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen if you know that it is "
+"inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed "
+"languages."
msgstr ""
"Dette kan være deaktivert på skjermen \"flere språk\" hvis du vet at det "
"ikke passer for språket ditt. Deaktivering av UTF-8 gjelder for alle "
"installerte språk."
#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:89
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
-"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+"You can change the language for your system post-installation in the "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>System</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>localization for your system</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
"Du kan endre språket i systemet ditt etter installasjon i Mageia Control "
"Center -> System -> Behandle lokalisering for systemet."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:10
msgid "Select mouse"
msgstr "Velg mus"
@@ -4375,17 +4723,19 @@ msgstr "Velg mus"
#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"selectInstallClass.png\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:29
msgid ""
"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
"different one here."
@@ -4393,25 +4743,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Hvis du ikke er fornøyd med hvordan musa virker, kan du velge en annen her."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
-"guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Any PS/2 and "
+"USB mice</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is a good choice."
msgstr ""
"Normalt er, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Enhver PS/2 og USB "
"mus</guilabel> et godt valg."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:38
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
-"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+"Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Force edev</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to configure the buttons that do not work on a "
+"mouse with six or more buttons."
msgstr ""
"Velg <guilabel>Universell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tving evdev</guilabel> tfor "
"å konfigurere knappene som ikke virker på en mus med 6 eller flere knapper."
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:7
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:7 en/setupBootloader.xml:206
msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
msgstr "Legg til eller endre et oppstartsmenypunkt"
@@ -4436,103 +4789,68 @@ msgstr ""
"efi_and_Mageia\"> https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia </link>"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7
-msgid "Bootloader main options"
-msgstr "Hovedvalg for oppstartslaster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
#: en/setupBootloader.xml:10
-msgid "Bootloader interface"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader"
msgstr "Oppstartslaster grensesnitt"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
-msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
-msgstr "Mageia bruker som standard kun:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:13
+msgid "Grub2"
msgstr ""
-"GRUB2 (med eller uten grafisk meny) for en Legacy / MBR eller Legacy / GP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:18
-msgid "GRUB2-efi for a UEFI system."
-msgstr "GRUB2-efi for et UEFI system."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22
-msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
-msgstr "Mageias grafiske menyer er fine :)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:25
-msgid "GRUB2 on Legacy/MBR and Legacy/GPT systems"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2 on Legacy MBR/GPT systems"
msgstr "GRUB2 på et Legacy/MBR og Legacy/GPT system"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:27
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
-"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) will be used exclusively as the "
+"bootloader for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system."
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
-"setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"GRUB2 (med eller uten grafisk meny) for en Legacy / MBR eller Legacy / GP"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34 en/setupBootloader.xml:56
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:21
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Don't modify the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Device</emphasis> unless you "
-"really know what you are doing."
+"By default, a new bootloader will be written into either the MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) of your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
msgstr ""
-"Ikke gjør endringer i <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Boot Device </emphasis> med "
-"mindre du virkelig vet hva du gjør."
+"en GRUB2 opplaster enten i MBR (Master Boot Record) på den første harddisken "
+"eller i BIOS oppstarts partisjonen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38
-msgid "GRUB2-efi on UEFI systems"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:27
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems"
msgstr "GRUB2-efi på UEFI systemer"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"With a UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
-"choose between the <emphasis role=\"bold\">with</emphasis> or <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">without graphical menu</emphasis> options."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "GRUB2-efi will be used exclusively as the bootloader for a UEFI system."
msgstr ""
-"Med et UEFI-system er brukergrensesnittet litt annerledes, da du ikke kan "
-"velge mellom alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> med </emphasis> eller "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> uten grafisk meny </emphasis>."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:33
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"By default, a new bootloader (Grub2-efi) will be written into the ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition)."
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If Mageia is the only system installed on your computer, the installer "
-"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to house the bootloader (GRUB2-efi). "
-"If there are already UEFI operating systems installed on your computer "
-"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detects the existing ESP "
-"created by Windows and adds GRUB2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
-"several ESPs, only one is required (and advised), whatever the number of "
-"operating systems you have."
+"If there are already UEFI-based operating systems installed on your computer "
+"(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer will detect the existing ESP "
+"created by Windows and add grub2-efi to it. If no ESP exists, then one will "
+"be created. Although it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is "
+"required, whatever the number of operating systems you have."
msgstr ""
"Hvis Mageia er det eneste systemet som er installert på datamaskinen, "
"opprettet installasjonen en ESP (EFI System Partisjon) for å huse "
@@ -4542,186 +4860,139 @@ msgstr ""
"til GRUB2-efi. Selv om det er mulig å ha flere ESPer, er det bare en som "
"kreves (og anbefales), uansett antall operativsystemer du har."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61
-msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
-msgstr "Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, and according to your system, Mageia writes one of the following:"
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard, og i henhold til systemet, skriver Mageia ett av følgende:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"a GRUB2 bootloader either into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first "
-"hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition."
-msgstr ""
-"en GRUB2 opplaster enten i MBR (Master Boot Record) på den første harddisken "
-"eller i BIOS oppstarts partisjonen."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:70
-msgid "a GRUB2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
-msgstr "Grub2-efi oppstartslaster til ESP"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader Setup"
+msgstr "Oppstartslaster grensesnitt"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:73
-msgid ""
-"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
-"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
-"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and then untick the <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Probe Foreign OS</emphasis> option."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du allerede har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å "
-"legge dem til din nye Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne "
-"oppføringen, klikker du på <guibutton> Neste </guibutton> og fjerner "
-"deretter alternativet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Probe Foreign OS </emphasis>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "Hovedvalg for oppstartslaster"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:78
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
-"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
-"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87
-msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
-msgstr "Bruker en eksisterende oppstartslaster"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
-"is beyond the scope of this documentation, however in most cases it will "
-"involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should "
-"detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating "
-"system in question."
-msgstr ""
-"Den nøyaktige prosedyren for å legge til Mageia-systemet til i en "
-"eksisterende oppstartslaster er utenfor omfanget av denne dokumentasjonen, "
-"men i de fleste tilfeller vil det innebære å kjøre det aktuelle "
-"startprogrammet for opplastingsprogrammer, som skal oppdage og legge til det "
-"automatisk. Se dokumentasjonen for det aktuelle operativsystemet."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
-msgid "Using chain loading"
-msgstr "Bruker kjedelasting"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader to use</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:63
msgid ""
-"If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain-load it from another OS, "
-"click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
-"guibutton> and tick the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+"This feature is only available to Legacy MBR/BIOS systems. Users of UEFI "
+"systems will not see this option here."
msgstr ""
-"Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartsbar Mageia, men å koble den til fra et annet "
-"operativsystem, klikker du på <guibutton> Neste </guibutton>, deretter på "
-"<guibutton> Avansert </guibutton> og merk av i boksen <guilabel> Ikke trykk "
-"på ESP eller MBR </guilabel>."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" align="
-"\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:67
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot device</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du vil få en advarsel om at oppstartslasteren mangler. Ignorer den ved å "
-"klikke på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Don't change this unless you really know what you are doing"
+msgstr "Du bør bare endre ting når vet veldig godt hva du gjør."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delay before booting the default image</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:117
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Valg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:119
-msgid "First page"
-msgstr "Første side"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Vennligst velg ønsket sikkerhetsnivå </emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:74
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Delay before booting the default image</guilabel>: This lets you "
-"set a delay in seconds before the default operating system is started up."
+"This text box lets you set a delay, in seconds, before the default operating "
+"system is started up."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Forsinkelse før oppstart av standardbildet</guilabel>: Denne "
"tekstboksen lar deg angi en forsinkelse i sekunder før standard "
"operativsystemet startes."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:122
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:79
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Security</guilabel>: This allows you to set a password for the "
-"bootloader. This means a username and password will be required when booting "
-"to select a booting entry or change settings. The username is <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">root</emphasis> and the password is the one chosen here-after."
+"This allows you to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username "
+"and password will be required when booting in order to select a booting "
+"entry or change settings. This is optional, and most people are not likely "
+"to have a need for it. The username is <literal>root</literal> and the "
+"password is the one chosen hereafter."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Sikkerhet</guilabel>: Dette lar deg sette et passord for "
"oppstartslasteren. Dette betyr at brukernavn og passord må oppgis ved "
"oppstartstidspunkt for å velge en oppstartspost eller endre innstillinger. "
"Brukernavnet er \"root\" og passordet er det som er valgt her etter."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:125
-msgid "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: Choose a password for the bootloader."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose a password for the bootloader (optional)"
msgstr "<guilabel> Passord </guilabel>: Velg et passord for oppstartslasteren."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:126
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again)</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:92
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the password and DrakX will "
-"check that it matches with the one above."
+"Retype the password and DrakX will check that it matches with the one set "
+"above"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Passord (igjen)</guilabel>: Skriv inn passordet igjen, og Drakx "
"vil kontrollere at det samsvarer med det som er angitt ovenfor."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 en/setupBootloader.xml:154
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:127 en/setupBootloader.xml:159
-msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Avansert</guilabel>"
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:99
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable ACPI</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:127
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Enable ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
-"Interface) is a standard for power management. It can save energy by "
-"stopping unused devices. Deselecting it could be useful if, for example, "
-"your computer does not support ACPI or if you think the ACPI implementation "
-"might cause some problems (for instance random reboots or system lockups)."
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for power "
+"management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices. Deselecting it "
+"could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if "
+"you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance "
+"random reboots or system lockups)."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Aktiver ACPI:</guilabel> ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power "
"Interface) er en standard for strømstyring. Det kan spare energi ved å "
@@ -4730,87 +5001,248 @@ msgstr ""
"ACPI, eller hvis du tror at implementeringen av ACPI kan forårsake noen "
"problemer (for eksempel tilfeldige omstart eller systemlåser)."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:133
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:108
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable SMP</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:109
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Enable SMP</guilabel>: This option enables/disables symmetric "
-"multiprocessing for multi core processors."
+"This option enables/disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi-core "
+"processors"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Aktiver SMP</guilabel>: Dette alternativet aktiverer / deaktiverer "
"symmetrisk multiprosessering for fler-kjærne prosessorer."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:135
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable APIC</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:114
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Enable APIC</guilabel>: This gives the operating system access to "
-"the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more "
-"complex priority models, and Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request) management."
+"Enabling this gives the operating system access to the Advanced Programmable "
+"Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and "
+"Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request) management."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Aktiver APIC</guilabel>: Aktivering eller deaktivering av dette "
"gir operativsystemet tilgang til den avanserte programmerbare "
"avbruddskontrollen. APIC-enheter tillater mer komplekse prioritetsmodeller, "
"og Avansert IRQ (Interrupt Request) -administrasjon."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:138
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable Local APIC</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Generisk</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:121
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Enable Local APIC</guilabel>: Local APIC manages all external "
-"interrupts for a specific processor in an SMP system."
+"Here you can set Local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a "
+"specific processor in an SMP system"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Aktiver Lokal APIC</guilabel>: Her kan du angi lokale APIC, som "
"administrerer alle eksterne avbrudd for en bestemt prosessor i et SMP-system."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:143
-msgid "Next page"
-msgstr "Neste side"
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Bootloader Configuration"
+msgstr "Sett opp lyd"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:146
-msgid "<guilabel>Default:</guilabel> Operating system started up by default"
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:140
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The operating system to started up by default"
msgstr "<guilabel>Standard:</guilabel> Operatsystemet startet opp av standard"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:150
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:143
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Append</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Avansert</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:144
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Append:</guilabel> This option lets you pass the kernel "
-"information or tell the kernel to give you more information as it boots."
+"This option lets you pass information to the kernel or tell the kernel to "
+"give you more information as it boots"
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Legg til:</guilabel> Dette alternativet lar deg sende "
"kjernedataene eller fortelle kjernen for å gi deg mer informasjon når den "
"starter opp."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:155
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probe foreign OS</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tjener</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:149
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
-"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+"If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to "
+"add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, "
+"then untick the Probe Foreign OS option."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvis du allerede har andre operativsystemer installert, forsøker Mageia å "
+"legge dem til din nye Mageia oppstartsmeny. Hvis du ikke vil ha denne "
+"oppføringen, klikker du på <guibutton> Neste </guibutton> og fjerner "
+"deretter alternativet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Probe Foreign OS </emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:156
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Test fremmed OS</guilabel>: se ovenfor <link linkend="
-"\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster</link>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:159
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:166
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Video mode</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Leverandør</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:167
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Video mode:</guilabel> This sets the screen size and colour depth "
-"to be used by the boot menu. If you click the down triangle you will be "
-"offered other size and colour depth options."
+"This sets the screen size and colour depth to be used by the boot menu. If "
+"you click the down-triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth "
+"options."
msgstr ""
"<guilabel>Video modus:</guilabel> Dette setter skjermstørrelsen og "
"fargedybden som startmenyen vil bruke. Hvis du klikker på nedre trekant, vil "
"du bli tilbudt andre størrelses- og fargedybdealternativer."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/setupBootloader.xml:162
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Leverandør</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:173
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above <link "
-"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+"Select this option if you don't want a bootable Mageia, but would rather "
+"chain-load it from another OS. You will get a warning that the bootloader is "
+"missing. Click<emphasis> Ok</emphasis> if you are sure you understand the "
+"implications, and wish to proceed."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ikke rør ESP eller MBR</emphasis>: se ovenfor <link "
-"linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Bruker kjedelasting</link>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:181
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:188
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Other Options"
+msgstr "Valg"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:190
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr "Bruker en eksisterende oppstartslaster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:191
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding Mageia to an existing bootloader is beyond "
+"the scope of this documentation. However in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program, which should detect "
+"Mageia and automatically add an entry for it in the bootloader menu. See the "
+"documentation for the relevant operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"Den nøyaktige prosedyren for å legge til Mageia-systemet til i en "
+"eksisterende oppstartslaster er utenfor omfanget av denne dokumentasjonen, "
+"men i de fleste tilfeller vil det innebære å kjøre det aktuelle "
+"startprogrammet for opplastingsprogrammer, som skal oppdage og legge til det "
+"automatisk. Se dokumentasjonen for det aktuelle operativsystemet."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:199
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Installing Without a Bootloader"
+msgstr "Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"While you can opt to install Mageia without a bootloader (see section 2.1 "
+"Advanced), this is not recommended unless you absolutely know what you are "
+"doing, as without some form of bootloader your operating system will be "
+"unable to start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:207
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To do this you need to manually edit <filename>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</"
+"filename> or use the software <application>grub-customizer</application> "
+"tool instead (available in the Mageia repositories)."
+msgstr ""
+"For å gjøre dette må du manuelt redigere /boot/grub2/custom.cfg eller bruke "
+"verktøyet <emphasis role=\"bold\"> grub-customizer </emphasis> i stedet "
+"(tilgjengelig i Mageia-repositoriene)."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:212
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"For more information, see: <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"For mer informasjon, se: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-"
+"efi_and_Mageia\"> https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia </link>"
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupSCSI.xml:3
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:10
msgid "Setup SCSI"
msgstr "Set opp SCSI"
@@ -4822,17 +5254,20 @@ msgstr "Set opp SCSI"
#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/0217 apb: Merge 2nd/3rd paras and reword.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupSCSI.xml:22
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:33
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
-"\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
-"\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupSCSI.xml:27
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
msgid ""
"DrakX will normally detect hard disks correctly. However, with some older "
"SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use "
@@ -4843,100 +5278,60 @@ msgstr ""
"driverne som skal brukes, og deretter mislykkes det å gjenkjenne stasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:44
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If this happens, you will need to manually tell DrakX which SCSI drive(s) "
-"you have."
+"If your device is not recognised, you will need to manually tell DrakX which "
+"SCSI drive(s) you have. DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) "
+"correctly."
msgstr ""
"Hvis dette skjer, må du manuelt fortelle Drakx hvilken SCSI-stasjon (er) du "
"har."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupSCSI.xml:35
-msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "DrakX skal da kunne konfigurere stasjonen (e) riktig."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:3
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:10
msgid "Sound Configuration"
msgstr "Sett opp lyd"
#. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC
+#. 2018/02/13 apb: Text and typography.
+#. 2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align PNG
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:9
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:20
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
-"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" xml:"
-"id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
-"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if one exists."
-msgstr ""
-"I dette skjermbildet vises navnet på driveren som installasjonen valgte for "
-"lydkortet ditt, dette vil være standarddriveren, dersom vi det finnes en "
-"standard driver."
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:18
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:26
msgid ""
-"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
-"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
-"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
-"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
-"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+"This screen shows the details of the sound card driver chosen for you by the "
+"installer, and this driver should work without problems."
msgstr ""
-"Standard driveren skal fungere uten problemer. Men hvis du etter "
-"installasjon støter på problemer, kjør dar <command>draksound</command> "
-"eller start dette verktøyetvia MCC (Mageia Control Center), gjennom å velge "
-"<guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel> fliken og klikk på <guilabel>Lyd "
-"Konfigurasjon</guilabel> på skjermens høyre topp."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:24
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:29
msgid ""
-"Then, in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> or <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Sound Configuration</emphasis> tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find useful advice about how to "
-"solve the problem."
+"However, if you encounter any issues post-install, then run "
+"<command>draksound</command> or start this tool via <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hardware</guimenuitem> "
+"<guimenuitem>Sound Configuration</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Then, in the "
+"<literal>draksound</literal> or <emphasis>Sound Configuration</emphasis> "
+"screen, click on <emphasis>Troubleshooting</emphasis> to find useful advice "
+"about how to solve the problem."
msgstr ""
-"Så kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> <guibutton> La meg velge hvilken som helst driver </guibutton> </"
-"emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:30
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:43
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avansert"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Clicking <emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Advanced</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and "
-"there are several drivers available, but you think the installer selected "
-"the wrong one."
-msgstr ""
-"Å klikke <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> i denne skjermen, under "
-"installasjon, kan være nyttig hvis det ikke er noen standarddriver, og det "
-"finnes flere drivere tilgjengelig, dersom du tror installasjonen valgte feil."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/soundConfig.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton></emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-"I så fall kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <emphasis role ="
-"\"bold\"> <guibutton> La meg velge hvilken som helst driver </guibutton> </"
-"emphasis>."
-
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:3
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:10
msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
msgstr "Bekreft hvilken hard disk som skal formateres."
@@ -4946,158 +5341,170 @@ msgstr "Bekreft hvilken hard disk som skal formateres."
#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD
#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography
+#. 2018/02/20 apb: Change the 2 paras to itemized listitems.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:18
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-"
-"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-"
-"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
-"condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live"
+"\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:42
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are at all unsure about your "
+"Click on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> if you are at all unsure about your "
"choice."
msgstr ""
"Klikk <guibutton>Forrige</guibutton> hvis du ikke er sikker på valgene dine."
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:31
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to proceed if you are sure that it is "
-"ok to erase every partition, every operating system and all data that might "
-"be on that hard disk."
+"Click on <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to proceed if you are sure that it is OK "
+"to erase <emphasis role=\"bold\">every</emphasis> partition, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">every</emphasis> operating system and <emphasis role=\"bold\">all "
+"data</emphasis> that might be on that hard disk."
msgstr ""
"Klikk <guibutton>Neste</guibutton> hvis du er sikker og vil slette alle "
"partisjoner, alle operativsystemer og alle dataene på harddisken."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/testing.xml:9
+#: en/testing.xml:3
msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
msgstr "Tester Mageia som et Live system"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/testing.xml:14
+#: en/testing.xml:8
msgid "Live mode"
msgstr "Live modus"
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"This is the screen you will see if you selected the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Boot Mageia </emphasis>option from the Live media menu."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/testing.xml:18
+#: en/testing.xml:14
msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
-"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
-msgstr ""
-"Du får denne skjermen hvis du valgte \"Boot Mageia\". Hvis ikke, får du "
-"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partisjonering</link> \""
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
-#: en/testing.xml:28
+#: en/testing.xml:21
msgid "Testing hardware"
msgstr "Tester maskinvare"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:31
+#: en/testing.xml:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
-"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
-"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+"One of the aims of using the Live mode is to test that your hardware is "
+"correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in "
+"the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center:"
msgstr ""
"Et av målene for Live-modus er å teste om maskinvaren er riktig administrert "
"av Mageia. Du kan kontrollere om alle enhetene har en driver i Maskinvare-"
"delen av Mageia Control Center. Du kan teste de nyeste enhetene:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:38
+#: en/testing.xml:31
msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
msgstr "nettverksgrensesnitt: konfigurer det med net_applet"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:42
-msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+#: en/testing.xml:35
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "graphics card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
msgstr "grafikkort: hvis du ser forrige skjermbilde er det allerede OK."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:47
+#: en/testing.xml:40
msgid "webcam:"
msgstr "webcam:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:51
+#: en/testing.xml:44
msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
msgstr "lyd: en melodi er allerede blitt spilt"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:55
-msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+#: en/testing.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "printer: configure your printer/s and print a test page"
msgstr "skriver: konfigurer den og skriv ut en testside:"
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:59
+#: en/testing.xml:52
msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
msgstr "skanner: skann et dokument fra ..."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:63
+#: en/testing.xml:56
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
-"leave with the quit button."
+"If everything is satisfactory, you can proceed with the installation. If "
+"not, you can use the <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> button to exit."
msgstr ""
"Hvis alt er OK for deg, kan du fortsette innstallasjonen. Hvis ikke kan du "
"vlutte med avslutt knappen."
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
-#: en/testing.xml:66
-msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:61
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The configuration settings you apply here are carried over if you decide to "
+"proceed with the installation."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurasjonsparametrerne du har satt her, er lagret for bruk i "
"installasjonen."
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
-#: en/testing.xml:72
+#: en/testing.xml:68
msgid "Launch installation"
msgstr "Start installassjonen"
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
-#: en/testing.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
-msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
-"imageobject>"
-
#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/testing.xml:81
+#: en/testing.xml:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
-"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
-"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
-"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+"To launch the installation of the Live DVD to a hard disk or SSD drive, "
+"simply click the <emphasis>Install on Hard Disk</emphasis> icon on the Live "
+"desktop. You will then see this screen, followed by the <link linkend="
+"\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step."
msgstr ""
"For å starte installasjonen av Mageia LiveCD eller Live DVD til harddisken "
"eller SSD-stasjonen, klikker du bare på ikonet \"Installer på harddisk\". Du "
"får denne skjermen, og deretter \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks"
"\">Partisjonering</link> \" slik som for den direkte installasjonen."
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10
msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
msgstr "Avinstaller Mageia"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:18
msgid ""
"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly - in short "
"you want get rid of it - that is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
@@ -5108,12 +5515,13 @@ msgstr ""
"avinstallere. Dette gjelder ikke for alle andre operativsystemer."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:14
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:23
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"After your data backup, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue system</emphasis>, then, <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Restore Windows boot loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only "
-"have Windows, with no option to choose your operating system."
+"After backing up your data, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select "
+"<emphasis>Rescue system</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Restore Windows boot "
+"loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only have Windows, with no "
+"option to choose your Mageia operating system."
msgstr ""
"Etter backup, av dine data, start Mageia installasjons DVD og velg <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\"> Redningssystem </emphasis>, deretter <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
@@ -5121,14 +5529,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ha Windows, uten mulighet til å velge operativsystem."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"In Windows to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on "
-"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
-"> Storage -> Disk Management</code>. You will recognize a Mageia partition "
-"because they are labeled <guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their "
-"size and place on the disk. Right click on each of these partitions and "
-"select <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> to free up the space."
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In Windows, to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Start</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Control Panel</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Administrative Tools</guimenuitem> "
+"<guimenuitem>Computer Management</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Storage</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Disk Management</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You "
+"will recognise a Mageia partition because they are labeled <literal>Unknown</"
+"literal>, and also by their size and place on the disk. Right-click on each "
+"of these partitions and select <emphasis>Delete</emphasis> to free up the "
+"space."
msgstr ""
"For å gjenopprette plassen som brukes av Mageia partisjoner i Windows: klikk "
"på <code> Start -> Kontrollpanel -> Administrative verktøy -> "
@@ -5138,16 +5550,17 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonene og velg <guibutton> Slett </guibutton> for å frigjøre plassen."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:27
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:46
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
-"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will then get a partition letter."
msgstr ""
"Hvis du bruker Windows XP, kan du skape en ny partisjon in (FAT 32 eller "
"NTFS) med en partisjonsbokstav."
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:30
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:49
msgid ""
"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other "
@@ -5163,34 +5576,50 @@ msgstr ""
"forsiktig og sikkerhetskopiere det som er viktig for deg."
#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/unused.xml:9
+#: en/unused.xml:3
msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
msgstr "Behold eller slett ubrukt materiale"
+#. 2018/03/03 apb: Adjusted text and updated SC's to Mga6.
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/unused.xml:13
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
-"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"unused.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
-"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-"
+"reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/unused.xml:19
+#: en/unused.xml:14
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
-"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
-"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
-"hardware."
+"hardware packages and you are then given an opportunity to delete them."
msgstr ""
"I dette steget ser installererrtinen for ubrukte lokaliseringspakker og "
"maskinvarepakker. Deretter fåreslår den å slette de. Det er en god ide å "
"akseptere, hvis du da ikke lager en isntalalsjon som skal kjøres på ulik "
"maskinvare."
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you do not foresee a case where your installation may need to run on "
+"different hardware, or that you might need additional localization files "
+"then you might wish to accept this proposal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> will list the unused hardware and "
+"localization files that will be removed if you proceed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/unused.xml:25
+#: en/unused.xml:26
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/"
"> </imageobject>"
@@ -5199,10 +5628,808 @@ msgstr ""
"> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/unused.xml:30
+#: en/unused.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
-"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+"The next step is the copying of files to hard disk. This process should just "
+"take a little while to complete. When it is finising you will briefly get a "
+"blank screen - this is normal."
msgstr ""
"Neste steg er kopiering av filene til disken. Dette tar noen minutter. Til "
"slutt får du en tom skjerm for en stund, noe som er normalt."
+
+#~ msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+#~ msgstr "Administrasjon av Brukere og superbrukere"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Every partition is shown to the left as: <emphasis role=\"bold\">Device "
+#~ "(capacity, mount point, type).</emphasis>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hver partisjon vises til venstre som: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enhet "
+#~ "(kapasitet, monteringspunkt, type). </emphasis>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Device</emphasis>, is made up of: <emphasis role="
+#~ "\"bold\">hard drive</emphasis>, [<emphasis role=\"bold\">hard drive name</"
+#~ "emphasis> (letter)], <emphasis role=\"bold\">partition number</emphasis> "
+#~ "(for example, <emphasis role=\"bold\">sda5</emphasis>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enhet </emphasis>, består av: <emphasis role="
+#~ "\"bold\"> harddisk </emphasis>, [<emphasis role=\"bold\"> harddisknavn </"
+#~ "emphasis> (brev)], <emphasis role=\"bold\"> partisjon nummer </emphasis> "
+#~ "(for eksempel <emphasis role=\"bold\"> sda5 </emphasis>)."
+
+#~ msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I det avanserte fanebladet finner du flere alternativer for "
+#~ "klokkeinnstillinger."
+
+#~ msgid "From a disc"
+#~ msgstr "Fra en disk"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+#~ "DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for "
+#~ "the bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting "
+#~ "the computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your "
+#~ "BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from "
+#~ "which the computer will boot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du kan starte opp direkte fra mediet du brukte til å brenne bildet ditt "
+#~ "(CD-ROM, DVD-ROM ...). Du trenger vanligvis bare å sette den inn i CD / "
+#~ "DVD-stasjonen for at bootloaderen starter installasjonen automatisk etter "
+#~ "at du har startet datamaskinen på nytt. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du "
+#~ "kanskje konfigurere BIOS-en eller trykke på en tast som vil gi deg "
+#~ "mulighet til å velge den perifere som datamaskinen vil starte opp fra."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+#~ "either one or another of the two screens below."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Avhengig av hvilken maskinvare du har, og hvordan den er konfigurert, får "
+#~ "du opp en av de to skjermene nedenfor."
+
+#~ msgid "From a USB device"
+#~ msgstr "Fra en USB disk"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+#~ "According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on "
+#~ "the USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may "
+#~ "need to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to "
+#~ "choose the peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du kan starte opp fra USB-enheten som du dumpet ISO bildet på. I henhold "
+#~ "til BIOS-innstillingene, kan datamaskinen oppstart skje direkte fra USB-"
+#~ "enheten. Hvis det ikke skjer, må du kanskje konfigurere BIOS eller trykke "
+#~ "på en tast som vil gi deg mulighet til å velge oppstartsmedium."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"../live-bootCSM.png\"/></imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+#~ msgstr "I midtmenyen har du tre valgmuligheter:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+#~ "when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with "
+#~ "Mageia 5)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Boot fra harddisk: Dette valget lar deg starte opp fra harddisken, som "
+#~ "vanlig, når det ikke er koblet til noe medie (CD / DVD eller USB-pinne). "
+#~ "(Virker ikke med Mageia 5)."
+
+#~ msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+#~ msgstr "I menyen nederst finns Oppstartsalternativene:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "F1 - Hjelp. Forklarer alternativene \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" og \"Ide"
+#~ "\""
+
+#~ msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+#~ msgstr "F2 - Språk. Velg visningsspråket på skjermbildene."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "F3 - Skjermoppløsning. Velg mellom tekst, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+#~ "optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+#~ "installation process."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "F5 - Driver. Ja eller Nei. Systemet er kjenner igjen en CD/DVD disk med "
+#~ "en driveroppdatering, og vil be om at den blir tilgjengelig under "
+#~ "installasjonsprosessen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+#~ "hardware and the drivers to use."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "F6 - Kjerne alternativer. Dette er en måte å spesifisere alternativer i "
+#~ "henhold til din maskinvare og hvilke drivere som skal brukes."
+
+#~ msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+#~ msgstr "Første skjermbilde mens systemet starter fra UEFI på disken"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice) or to "
+#~ "process the installation (second choice)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du har bare vlgene mellom å kjøre Mageia i Live modus (første valget) "
+#~ "eller å fortsette installasjonen (andre valget)."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, "
+#~ "timezone and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend="
+#~ "\"testing\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I hvert tilfelle vil de første trinnene være de samme for å velge språk, "
+#~ "tidssone og tastatur. Prosessene er forskjellige, med <link linkend="
+#~ "\"testing\">ytterligere trinn i Live-modus</link>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to "
+#~ "fine-tune your choice."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Avhengig av valg ditt, kan du bli tilbudt ytterligere skjermerbilder for "
+#~ "å finjustere valget ditt."
+
+#~ msgid "The settings DrakX chose are usually good."
+#~ msgstr "Parametrene som DrakX velger er som regel gode. "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" revision="
+#~ "\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-"
+#~ "im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" revision="
+#~ "\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be "
+#~ "explicitly enabled to access them. If you didn't enable it previously, "
+#~ "you should do this after your first reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Pakkebrønnen <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Nonfree </emphasis> må eksplisitt "
+#~ "aktiveres for å få tilgang til dem. Hvis du ikke aktiverte den tidligere, "
+#~ "bør du gjøre dette etter første omstart."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\" "
+#~ "fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\" "
+#~ "fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your "
+#~ "card from the list if needed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikk kort</guibutton></emphasis>: Velg kortet "
+#~ "ditt fra listen om nødvendig."
+
+#~ msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+#~ msgstr "Feil oppdateringsfrekvens kan skade skjermen"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\" "
+#~ "fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\" "
+#~ "fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> "
+#~ "</imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Tilpasset</emphasis>"
+
+#~ msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+
+#~ msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+#~ msgstr "skjermens produsent"
+
+#~ msgid "the monitor description"
+#~ msgstr "skjermbeskrivelse"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake."
+#~ "png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake."
+#~ "png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> "
+#~ "<imagedata fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+#~ msgstr "Klikk<guibutton>Ferdig</guibutton> når du er klar."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Use Free Space"
+#~ msgstr "Bruk ledig plass"
+
+#~ msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+#~ msgstr "Bruk ledig plass på Microsoft Windows®-partisjonen"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer "
+#~ "may offer to use it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hvis du har ubrukt plass på en eksisterende Windows-partisjon, kan "
+#~ "installasjonen tilby å bruke den."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "doPartitionDisks2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+#~ msgstr "Slett og bruk hele disken"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Merk! Dette vil slette ALLE data på den valgte harddisken. Vær forsiktig!"
+
+#~ msgid "Custom disk partitioning"
+#~ msgstr "Egendefinert partisjonering"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "That means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer "
+#~ "will create three partitions: 50 GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\">/</"
+#~ "emphasis>, 4 GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\">swap</emphasis> and the "
+#~ "remainder for <emphasis role=\"bold\">/home</emphasis>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Det betyr at fra 160 GB eller mer ledig plass vil installereren opprette "
+#~ "tre partisjoner: 50 GB for <emphasis role=\"bold\"> / </emphasis>, 4 GB "
+#~ "for <emphasis role=\"bold\"> swap </emphasis > og resten for <emphasis "
+#~ "role=\"bold\"> / home </emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+#~ "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="
+#~ "\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+#~ "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition="
+#~ "\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "January 2015"
+#~ msgstr "Januar 2015"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Using a Mageia DVD"
+#~ msgstr "Bruker en Mageia DVD"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first "
+#~ "one is what you will see if you have a UEFI system, the second one is for "
+#~ "a Legacy system:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Her er standard velkomstskjermer når du bruker en Mageia DVD, den første "
+#~ "med et UEFI-system og det andre med et Legacy-system:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "From this screen, it is possible to set some preferences (note that the "
+#~ "options <emphasis role=\"bold\">F1</emphasis> to <emphasis role=\"bold"
+#~ "\">F6</emphasis> are available only on Legacy systems):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Fra dette skjermbildet er det mulig å angi noen preferanser (merk at "
+#~ "alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis> til <emphasis role ="
+#~ "\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> er bare tilgjengelige på Legacy-systemer) :"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Press <emphasis role=\"bold\">F2</emphasis> to have the installer use a "
+#~ "specific language for the installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Trykk på <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </emphasis> for å vise "
+#~ "installasjonsprogrammet i et bestemt språk."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use the arrow keys to select the language then press <emphasis role=\"bold"
+#~ "\">Enter</emphasis>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bruk piltastene til å velge språk og trykk deretter <emphasis role=\"bold"
+#~ "\"> Enter </emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Default: It doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+#~ msgstr "- Standard, det endrer ikke noe i standardvalgene."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Safe Settings: Priority is given to the safer options at the price of a "
+#~ "performance detriment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sikkerhets innstillinger:: Prioritering er gitt til sikrere alternativer "
+#~ "til prisen for ytelse."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+#~ "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Når du velger en av disse oppføringene, endrer den standardalternativene "
+#~ "som vises i<guilabel>Oppstartsalternativer</guilabel>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> do not appear in the <guilabel>Boot "
+#~ "Options</guilabel> line, despite this, they will in fact be applied."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I noen Mageia-utgivelser kan det hende at oppføringene, som er valgt med "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F6 </emphasis> ikke vises på linjen <guilabel> "
+#~ "Boot Options </guilabel>, til tross for dette vil de faktisk bli brukt."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Pressing <emphasis role=\"bold\">F1</emphasis> opens a help window for "
+#~ "various boot options. Select an item with the arrow keys and press "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enter</emphasis> for more details or press "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Esc</emphasis> to go back to the welcome screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ved å trykke <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F1 </emphasis> åpnes et hjelpevindu "
+#~ "for ulike oppstartsalternativer. Velg et element med piltastene og trykk "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Enter </emphasis> for flere detaljer eller trykk "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> for å gå tilbake til "
+#~ "velkomstskjermbildet."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The detailed view about the splash option. Press <emphasis role=\"bold"
+#~ "\">Esc</emphasis> or select <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> "
+#~ "to go back to the options list. These options can be added by hand in the "
+#~ "<guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For den detaljerte visningen om splash-alternativet. Trykk <emphasis role="
+#~ "\"bold\"> Esc </emphasis> eller velg <guilabel> Gå tilbake til "
+#~ "Opstartsalternativ </guilabel> for å gå tilbake til listen over "
+#~ "alternativer. Disse alternativene kan legges til for hånd på <guilabel> "
+#~ "Opstartsalternativ </guilabel> -linjen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The help is translated in the chosen language with <emphasis role=\"bold"
+#~ "\">F2</emphasis>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hjelpen vises for det valgte språket med <emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 </"
+#~ "emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, "
+#~ "see: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+#~ "How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+#~ "How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For mer informasjon om kjernevalg på eldre og UEFI-systemer, se:<link ns2:"
+#~ "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://"
+#~ "wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+
+#~ msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+#~ msgstr "Mediumvalg (Ikke fri)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Sammendrag av diverse parametere"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidssone</guilabel>"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Land/ Region</guilabel>"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Oppstartslaster</guilabel>"
+
+#~ msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Brukeradministrasjon</guilabel>"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjenester</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+#~ msgstr "For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>lydkort</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The installer uses the default driver - if there is a default one. The "
+#~ "option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than "
+#~ "one driver for your card, but where none of them is the default one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Installasjonsprogrammet bruker en standarddriverdersom en slik finnes. "
+#~ "Alternativet for å velge en annen driver blir bare gitt når det er mer "
+#~ "enn én driver for kortet ditt, men ingen av dem er satt som standard."
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafisk grensesnitt</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Nettverk</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Proxier</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Sikkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+#~ msgstr "Marker det alternativet som best passer dine behov."
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Brannmur</guilabel>:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and "
+#~ "the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En brannmur er ment å være en barriere mellom viktige data og kjeltringer "
+#~ "der ute på internett som ville kompromittere eller stjele dine data."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+#~ "selections will depend on what you use your computer for. For more "
+#~ "information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Velg de tjenestene du vil ha på systemet ditt. Dine valg vil avhenge av "
+#~ "hva du bruker datamaskinen til. For mer informasjon, se <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"firewall\"/>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "64 bit architecture only."
+#~ msgstr "Kun 64 bits arkitektur."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Choose one or "
+#~ "the other, and copy the checksum <link linkend=\"integrity\">for later "
+#~ "use</link>. Then a window similar to this one appears:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "md5sum og sha1sum er verktøy for å kontrollere ISO-integriteten. Bruk "
+#~ "bare en av dem. Behold en av dem <link linkend=\"integrity\">for "
+#~ "ytterligere bruk</link>. Så åpnes et vindu likt dette:"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the Save File option, then, click OK."
+#~ msgstr "Velg Lagre fil alternativet, og klikk deretter OK."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-"
+#~ "format the USB stick."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For å gjenopprette den opprinnelige kapasiteten, må du gjenta "
+#~ "partisjonering og omformater USB-pinnen."
+
+#~ msgid "Install"
+#~ msgstr "Installer"
+
+#~ msgid "Upgrade"
+#~ msgstr "Oppgrader"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+#~ "reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has "
+#~ "been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer "
+#~ "isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave "
+#~ "you with an unusable system. If in spite of that, and only if you are "
+#~ "very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing "
+#~ "<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> simultaneously. After that, press "
+#~ "<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hvis du under installasjonen bestemmer deg for å stoppe installasjonen, "
+#~ "er det mulig å starte på nytt, men vær så snill å tenke to ganger før du "
+#~ "gjør dette. Når en partisjon er formatert eller oppdateringer har begynt "
+#~ "å bli installert, er ikke datamaskinen din i samme tilstand lenger, og "
+#~ "omstart av det kan gi deg et ubrukbart system. Hvis du til tross for det "
+#~ "er veldig sikker på omstart, er det du vil, gå til en tekstterminal ved å "
+#~ "trykke på de tre tastene <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> samtidig. Etter "
+#~ "det trykk<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> samtidig for omstart"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​"
+#~ ". The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+#~ "previously selected."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du må sette tastaturoppsettet du vil bruke i Mageia. "
+#~ "Standardinnstillingen er valgt i henhold til ditt valgte språk og "
+#~ "tidssone."
+
+#~ msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+#~ msgstr "Mageia bruker UTF-8 (Unicode) som standard."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+#~ "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "By default, Mageia uses exclusively:"
+#~ msgstr "Mageia bruker som standard kun:"
+
+#~ msgid "GRUB2-efi for a UEFI system."
+#~ msgstr "GRUB2-efi for et UEFI system."
+
+#~ msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)"
+#~ msgstr "Mageias grafiske menyer er fine :)"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref="
+#~ "\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" fileref="
+#~ "\"live-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Don't modify the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Device</emphasis> unless "
+#~ "you really know what you are doing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ikke gjør endringer i <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Boot Device </emphasis> "
+#~ "med mindre du virkelig vet hva du gjør."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With a UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you "
+#~ "cannot choose between the <emphasis role=\"bold\">with</emphasis> or "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">without graphical menu</emphasis> options."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Med et UEFI-system er brukergrensesnittet litt annerledes, da du ikke kan "
+#~ "velge mellom alternativene <emphasis role=\"bold\"> med </emphasis> eller "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> uten grafisk meny </emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+#~ "imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, and according to your system, Mageia writes one of the "
+#~ "following:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Som standard, og i henhold til systemet, skriver Mageia ett av følgende:"
+
+#~ msgid "a GRUB2-efi bootloader into the ESP"
+#~ msgstr "Grub2-efi oppstartslaster til ESP"
+
+#~ msgid "Using chain loading"
+#~ msgstr "Bruker kjedelasting"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't want a bootable Mageia, but to chain-load it from another "
+#~ "OS, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, then on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+#~ "guibutton> and tick the box <guilabel>Do not touch ESP or MBR</guilabel>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hvis du ikke vil ha en oppstartsbar Mageia, men å koble den til fra et "
+#~ "annet operativsystem, klikker du på <guibutton> Neste </guibutton>, "
+#~ "deretter på <guibutton> Avansert </guibutton> og merk av i boksen "
+#~ "<guilabel> Ikke trykk på ESP eller MBR </guilabel>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloader4.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You will get a warning that the bootloader is missing, ignore it by "
+#~ "clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du vil få en advarsel om at oppstartslasteren mangler. Ignorer den ved å "
+#~ "klikke på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+
+#~ msgid "First page"
+#~ msgstr "Første side"
+
+#~ msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
+#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Avansert</guilabel>"
+
+#~ msgid "Next page"
+#~ msgstr "Neste side"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Probe foreign OS</guilabel>: see above <link linkend="
+#~ "\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Using a Mageia bootloader</link>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<guilabel>Test fremmed OS</guilabel>: se ovenfor <link linkend="
+#~ "\"setupMageiaBootloader\">Bruker en Mageia oppstartslaster</link>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>: see above "
+#~ "<link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Using the chain loading</link>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ikke rør ESP eller MBR</emphasis>: se ovenfor "
+#~ "<link linkend=\"setupChainLoading\">Bruker kjedelasting</link>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+#~ "align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+#~ msgstr "DrakX skal da kunne konfigurere stasjonen (e) riktig."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+#~ "xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" "
+#~ "xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+#~ "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if one exists."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I dette skjermbildet vises navnet på driveren som installasjonen valgte "
+#~ "for lydkortet ditt, dette vil være standarddriveren, dersom vi det finnes "
+#~ "en standard driver."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default driver should work without problems. However, if after "
+#~ "install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> "
+#~ "or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+#~ "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+#~ "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standard driveren skal fungere uten problemer. Men hvis du etter "
+#~ "installasjon støter på problemer, kjør dar <command>draksound</command> "
+#~ "eller start dette verktøyetvia MCC (Mageia Control Center), gjennom å "
+#~ "velge <guilabel>Maskinvare</guilabel> fliken og klikk på <guilabel>Lyd "
+#~ "Konfigurasjon</guilabel> på skjermens høyre topp."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Then, in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+#~ "role=\"bold\">Sound Configuration</emphasis> tool screen, click on "
+#~ "<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find useful advice about how to "
+#~ "solve the problem."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Så kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <emphasis role="
+#~ "\"bold\"> <guibutton> La meg velge hvilken som helst driver </guibutton> "
+#~ "</emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Clicking <emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Advanced</guibutton></"
+#~ "emphasis> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no "
+#~ "default driver and there are several drivers available, but you think the "
+#~ "installer selected the wrong one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Å klikke <guibutton>Avansert</guibutton> i denne skjermen, under "
+#~ "installasjon, kan være nyttig hvis det ikke er noen standarddriver, og "
+#~ "det finnes flere drivere tilgjengelig, dersom du tror installasjonen "
+#~ "valgte feil."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton></"
+#~ "emphasis>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I så fall kan du velge en annen driver etter å ha klikket på <emphasis "
+#~ "role =\"bold\"> <guibutton> La meg velge hvilken som helst driver </"
+#~ "guibutton> </emphasis>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-"
+#~ "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+#~ "condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+#~ "\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du får denne skjermen hvis du valgte \"Boot Mageia\". Hvis ikke, får du "
+#~ "\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partisjonering</link> \""